1 /* 2 ** 2001 September 15 3 ** 4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of 5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing: 6 ** 7 ** May you do good and not evil. 8 ** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others. 9 ** May you share freely, never taking more than you give. 10 ** 11 ************************************************************************* 12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager". 13 ** 14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file. It implements 15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that 16 ** is separate from the database file. The pager also implements file 17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database 18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while 19 ** another is writing. 20 */ 21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO 22 #include "sqliteInt.h" 23 #include "wal.h" 24 25 26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************ 27 ** 28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback 29 ** journal. These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL, 30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF. 31 ** 32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced 33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF. 34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS 35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page. 36 ** 37 ** Definition: A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if 38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page: 39 ** 40 ** (a) The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of 41 ** the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and 42 ** synced. 43 ** 44 ** (b) The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction. 45 ** 46 ** (c) The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in 47 ** the database file at the start of the transaction. 48 ** 49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the 50 ** following are true: 51 ** 52 ** (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable. 53 ** 54 ** (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire 55 ** transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence 56 ** number consists of a single page change. 57 ** 58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches 59 ** both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written 60 ** and the content in the database at the beginning of the current 61 ** transaction. 62 ** 63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size 64 ** in length and are aligned on a page boundary. 65 ** 66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and 67 ** an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the 68 ** first 100 bytes of the database file. 69 ** 70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal 71 ** being deleted, truncated, or zeroed. 72 ** 73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file 74 ** are synced prior to the master journal being deleted. 75 ** 76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time) 77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to 78 ** all queries. Note in particular the content of freelist leaf 79 ** pages can be changed arbitarily without effecting the logical equivalence 80 ** of the database. 81 ** 82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set, 83 ** of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the 84 ** journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logical 85 ** equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction. 86 ** 87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS 88 ** is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at 89 ** the beginning of the transaction. (In some VFSes, the xTruncate 90 ** method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will 91 ** invoke it.) 92 ** 93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range 94 ** of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing 95 ** the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same 96 ** database to flush their caches. 97 ** 98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less 99 ** than one billion transactions. 100 ** 101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion 102 ** of every transaction. 103 ** 104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to 105 ** the database file. 106 ** 107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any 108 ** content out of the database file. 109 ** 110 ******************************************************************************/ 111 112 /* 113 ** Macros for troubleshooting. Normally turned off 114 */ 115 #if 0 116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1; /* True to enable tracing */ 117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf 118 #define PAGERTRACE(X) if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; } 119 #else 120 #define PAGERTRACE(X) 121 #endif 122 123 /* 124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above 125 ** to print out file-descriptors. 126 ** 127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The 128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file 129 ** struct as its argument. 130 */ 131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd)) 132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd) 133 134 /* 135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A 136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following 137 ** state diagram. 138 ** 139 ** OPEN <------+------+ 140 ** | | | 141 ** V | | 142 ** +---------> READER-------+ | 143 ** | | | 144 ** | V | 145 ** |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR 146 ** | | ^ 147 ** | V | 148 ** |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->| 149 ** | | | 150 ** | V | 151 ** |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->| 152 ** | | | 153 ** | V | 154 ** +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+ 155 ** 156 ** 157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each: 158 ** 159 ** OPEN -> READER [sqlite3PagerSharedLock] 160 ** READER -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 161 ** 162 ** READER -> WRITER_LOCKED [sqlite3PagerBegin] 163 ** WRITER_LOCKED -> WRITER_CACHEMOD [pager_open_journal] 164 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD -> WRITER_DBMOD [syncJournal] 165 ** WRITER_DBMOD -> WRITER_FINISHED [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne] 166 ** WRITER_*** -> READER [pager_end_transaction] 167 ** 168 ** WRITER_*** -> ERROR [pager_error] 169 ** ERROR -> OPEN [pager_unlock] 170 ** 171 ** 172 ** OPEN: 173 ** 174 ** The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this 175 ** state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is 176 ** unknown. The database may not be read or written. 177 ** 178 ** * No read or write transaction is active. 179 ** * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file. 180 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted. 181 ** 182 ** READER: 183 ** 184 ** In this state all the requirements for reading the database in 185 ** rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently 186 ** was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is 187 ** open. The database size is known in this state. 188 ** 189 ** A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when 190 ** it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state 191 ** OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection 192 ** running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in 193 ** this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way 194 ** a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN 195 ** is via the ERROR state (see below). 196 ** 197 ** * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot). 198 ** * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file. 199 ** * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read 200 ** transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables 201 ** may not be trusted at this point. 202 ** * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open. 203 ** * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that 204 ** there is no hot-journal in the file-system. 205 ** 206 ** WRITER_LOCKED: 207 ** 208 ** The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction 209 ** is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks 210 ** required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual 211 ** modifications to the cache or database have taken place. 212 ** 213 ** In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with 214 ** BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when 215 ** moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened 216 ** to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while 217 ** in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database 218 ** file. 219 ** 220 ** IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file. 221 ** If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt 222 ** is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. 223 ** 224 ** * A write transaction is active. 225 ** * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater 226 ** lock is held on the database file. 227 ** * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction 228 ** is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully 229 ** called). 230 ** * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid. 231 ** * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified. 232 ** * The journal file may or may not be open. 233 ** * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal. 234 ** 235 ** WRITER_CACHEMOD: 236 ** 237 ** A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is 238 ** first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file 239 ** is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the 240 ** start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified. 241 ** 242 ** * A write transaction is active. 243 ** * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file. 244 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 245 ** to it, but the header has not been synced to disk. 246 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified. 247 ** 248 ** WRITER_DBMOD: 249 ** 250 ** The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state 251 ** when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections 252 ** never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file, 253 ** just the log file). 254 ** 255 ** * A write transaction is active. 256 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 257 ** * The journal file is open and the first header has been written 258 ** and synced to disk. 259 ** * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly 260 ** written to disk). 261 ** 262 ** WRITER_FINISHED: 263 ** 264 ** It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state. 265 ** 266 ** A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD 267 ** state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the 268 ** database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply 269 ** by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is 270 ** not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper 271 ** layer must either commit or rollback the transaction. 272 ** 273 ** * A write transaction is active. 274 ** * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file. 275 ** * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished. 276 ** If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to 277 ** commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need 278 ** to rollback the transaction. 279 ** 280 ** ERROR: 281 ** 282 ** The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including 283 ** SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it 284 ** difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents, 285 ** db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system. 286 ** 287 ** Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers 288 ** cannot. 289 ** 290 ** For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback, 291 ** the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state. 292 ** At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state 293 ** (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might 294 ** report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if 295 ** they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database 296 ** file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state 297 ** instead of READER following such an error. 298 ** 299 ** Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager 300 ** to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all 301 ** outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to 302 ** transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the 303 ** page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything 304 ** is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed) 305 ** when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning 306 ** the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered 307 ** from the error. 308 ** 309 ** Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if: 310 ** 311 ** 1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in 312 ** function sqlite3PagerRollback(). 313 ** 314 ** 2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file 315 ** following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(). 316 ** 317 ** 3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or 318 ** database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up 319 ** memory. 320 ** 321 ** In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree 322 ** layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition 323 ** persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above. 324 ** 325 ** Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only 326 ** statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error 327 ** code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not 328 ** automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a 329 ** read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent 330 ** state. 331 ** 332 ** * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK. 333 ** * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the 334 ** last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state). 335 ** * The pager is not an in-memory pager. 336 ** 337 ** 338 ** Notes: 339 ** 340 ** * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the 341 ** connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one 342 ** of the first four states. 343 ** 344 ** * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN 345 ** state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has 346 ** been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are 347 ** executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state". 348 ** 349 ** * See also: assert_pager_state(). 350 */ 351 #define PAGER_OPEN 0 352 #define PAGER_READER 1 353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 2 354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 3 355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4 356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 5 357 #define PAGER_ERROR 6 358 359 /* 360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the 361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on 362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by 364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers. 365 ** 366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY 367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not 368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and 369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated 370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the 371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set 372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held 373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value. 374 ** 375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may 376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than 377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong. 378 ** 379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves 380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file 381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of a OPEN->SHARED 382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock() 383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this 384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part 385 ** of hot-journal detection. 386 ** 387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED 388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may 389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but 390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens 391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active 392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database 393 ** without rolling it back. 394 ** 395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the 396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It 397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call 398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition 399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK 400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE 401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function 402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail. 403 ** 404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in 405 ** PAGER_OPEN state. 406 */ 407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1) 408 409 /* 410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one 411 */ 412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \ 414 if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; } 415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \ 416 if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \ 417 if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; } 418 #else 419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) /* NO-OP */ 420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D 421 #endif 422 423 /* 424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method 425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead. 426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on 427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit. 428 */ 429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000 430 431 /* 432 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active 433 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures 434 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and 435 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc(). 436 ** 437 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is 438 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while 439 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset 440 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main 441 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint 442 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()). 443 */ 444 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint; 445 struct PagerSavepoint { 446 i64 iOffset; /* Starting offset in main journal */ 447 i64 iHdrOffset; /* See above */ 448 Bitvec *pInSavepoint; /* Set of pages in this savepoint */ 449 Pgno nOrig; /* Original number of pages in file */ 450 Pgno iSubRec; /* Index of first record in sub-journal */ 451 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 452 u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA]; /* WAL savepoint context */ 453 #endif 454 }; 455 456 /* 457 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag. See further description below. 458 */ 459 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF 0x01 /* Never spill cache. Set via pragma */ 460 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK 0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */ 461 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC 0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */ 462 463 /* 464 ** A open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of 465 ** some of the more important member variables follows: 466 ** 467 ** eState 468 ** 469 ** The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state 470 ** diagram above for a description of the pager state. 471 ** 472 ** eLock 473 ** 474 ** For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file - 475 ** NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 476 ** 477 ** For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any 478 ** locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such 479 ** databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager 480 ** logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever 481 ** need (and no reason to release them). 482 ** 483 ** In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to 484 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for 485 ** details. 486 ** 487 ** changeCountDone 488 ** 489 ** This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter 490 ** (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is 491 ** not updated more often than necessary. 492 ** 493 ** It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which 494 ** can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file. 495 ** It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is 496 ** relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed, 497 ** The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of 498 ** updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction. 499 ** 500 ** This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection 501 ** need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction 502 ** committed. 503 ** 504 ** setMaster 505 ** 506 ** When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may 507 ** (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the 508 ** journal file before it is synced to disk. 509 ** 510 ** Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects 511 ** the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is 512 ** committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode. 513 ** If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is 514 ** finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If 515 ** it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized 516 ** by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were 517 ** running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode. 518 ** 519 ** Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized 520 ** simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the 521 ** master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any 522 ** subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file. 523 ** 524 ** The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either 525 ** by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the 526 ** journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag 527 ** is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state). 528 ** 529 ** doNotSpill 530 ** 531 ** This variables control the behavior of cache-spills (calls made by 532 ** the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data 533 ** to the file-system in order to free up memory). 534 ** 535 ** When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set, 536 ** writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether. 537 ** The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that 538 ** comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module 539 ** to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written 540 ** while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback(). The SPILLFLAG_OFF 541 ** case is a user preference. 542 ** 543 ** If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from pagerStress() 544 ** is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not. This flag is set 545 ** by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size is larger than 546 ** the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync from happening 547 ** in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector. 548 ** 549 ** subjInMemory 550 ** 551 ** This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal 552 ** is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory 553 ** sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files. 554 ** 555 ** This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new 556 ** write-transaction is opened. 557 ** 558 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize 559 ** 560 ** Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file. 561 ** It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for 562 ** OPEN and ERROR). 563 ** 564 ** dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be 565 ** larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset 566 ** 28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file 567 ** is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in 568 ** dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2). 569 ** Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered 570 ** to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads 571 ** to dbSize==1). 572 ** 573 ** During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than 574 ** dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly. 575 ** Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(), 576 ** dbSize is updated. 577 ** 578 ** Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states 579 ** PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize 580 ** variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback, 581 ** and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before 582 ** being modified. 583 ** 584 ** Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of 585 ** the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the 586 ** write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made 587 ** to write or truncate the database file on disk. 588 ** 589 ** The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress 590 ** unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If, 591 ** when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates 592 ** that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize), 593 ** pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize() 594 ** to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required. 595 ** dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case 596 ** pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be 597 ** a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case, 598 ** pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger. 599 ** 600 ** dbHintSize 601 ** 602 ** The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to 603 ** the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method. 604 ** 605 ** dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a 606 ** write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and 607 ** dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called, 608 ** dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the 609 ** size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for 610 ** details. 611 ** 612 ** errCode 613 ** 614 ** The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It 615 ** is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode 616 ** is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX 617 ** sub-codes. 618 */ 619 struct Pager { 620 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* OS functions to use for IO */ 621 u8 exclusiveMode; /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */ 622 u8 journalMode; /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */ 623 u8 useJournal; /* Use a rollback journal on this file */ 624 u8 noSync; /* Do not sync the journal if true */ 625 u8 fullSync; /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */ 626 u8 ckptSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */ 627 u8 walSyncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */ 628 u8 syncFlags; /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */ 629 u8 tempFile; /* zFilename is a temporary file */ 630 u8 readOnly; /* True for a read-only database */ 631 u8 memDb; /* True to inhibit all file I/O */ 632 633 /************************************************************************** 634 ** The following block contains those class members that change during 635 ** routine opertion. Class members not in this block are either fixed 636 ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a 637 ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode, 638 ** or the journal_mode). From another view, these class members describe 639 ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the 640 ** "configuration" of the pager. 641 */ 642 u8 eState; /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */ 643 u8 eLock; /* Current lock held on database file */ 644 u8 changeCountDone; /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */ 645 u8 setMaster; /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */ 646 u8 doNotSpill; /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */ 647 u8 subjInMemory; /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */ 648 Pgno dbSize; /* Number of pages in the database */ 649 Pgno dbOrigSize; /* dbSize before the current transaction */ 650 Pgno dbFileSize; /* Number of pages in the database file */ 651 Pgno dbHintSize; /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */ 652 int errCode; /* One of several kinds of errors */ 653 int nRec; /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */ 654 u32 cksumInit; /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */ 655 u32 nSubRec; /* Number of records written to sub-journal */ 656 Bitvec *pInJournal; /* One bit for each page in the database file */ 657 sqlite3_file *fd; /* File descriptor for database */ 658 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* File descriptor for main journal */ 659 sqlite3_file *sjfd; /* File descriptor for sub-journal */ 660 i64 journalOff; /* Current write offset in the journal file */ 661 i64 journalHdr; /* Byte offset to previous journal header */ 662 sqlite3_backup *pBackup; /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */ 663 PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */ 664 int nSavepoint; /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */ 665 char dbFileVers[16]; /* Changes whenever database file changes */ 666 667 u8 bUseFetch; /* True to use xFetch() */ 668 int nMmapOut; /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */ 669 sqlite3_int64 szMmap; /* Desired maximum mmap size */ 670 PgHdr *pMmapFreelist; /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */ 671 /* 672 ** End of the routinely-changing class members 673 ***************************************************************************/ 674 675 u16 nExtra; /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */ 676 i16 nReserve; /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */ 677 u32 vfsFlags; /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 678 u32 sectorSize; /* Assumed sector size during rollback */ 679 int pageSize; /* Number of bytes in a page */ 680 Pgno mxPgno; /* Maximum allowed size of the database */ 681 i64 journalSizeLimit; /* Size limit for persistent journal files */ 682 char *zFilename; /* Name of the database file */ 683 char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */ 684 int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */ 685 void *pBusyHandlerArg; /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */ 686 int aStat[3]; /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */ 687 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 688 int nRead; /* Database pages read */ 689 #endif 690 void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */ 691 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 692 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */ 693 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */ 694 void (*xCodecFree)(void*); /* Destructor for the codec */ 695 void *pCodec; /* First argument to xCodec... methods */ 696 #endif 697 char *pTmpSpace; /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */ 698 PCache *pPCache; /* Pointer to page cache object */ 699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 700 Wal *pWal; /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */ 701 char *zWal; /* File name for write-ahead log */ 702 #endif 703 }; 704 705 /* 706 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains 707 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS 708 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status(). 709 */ 710 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT 0 711 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS 1 712 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2 713 714 /* 715 ** The following global variables hold counters used for 716 ** testing purposes only. These variables do not exist in 717 ** a non-testing build. These variables are not thread-safe. 718 */ 719 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 720 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages read from DB */ 721 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0; /* Number of full pages written to DB */ 722 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0; /* Number of pages written to journal */ 723 # define PAGER_INCR(v) v++ 724 #else 725 # define PAGER_INCR(v) 726 #endif 727 728 729 730 /* 731 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string. The data 732 ** was obtained from /dev/random. It is used only as a sanity check. 733 ** 734 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity 735 ** checking information. If the power fails while the journal is being 736 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal 737 ** file after power is restored. If an attempt is then made 738 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted. The additional 739 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the 740 ** journal and ignore it. 741 ** 742 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists 743 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data. The checksum covers both 744 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page. 745 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the 746 ** journal file right after the header. The random initializer is important, 747 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely 748 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted. If the 749 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might 750 ** be correct. But by initializing the checksum to random value which 751 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk. 752 */ 753 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = { 754 0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7, 755 }; 756 757 /* 758 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by 759 ** the following macro. 760 */ 761 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager) ((pPager->pageSize) + 8) 762 763 /* 764 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same 765 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize(). 766 */ 767 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize) 768 769 /* 770 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database. 771 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set, 772 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize 773 ** out code that would never execute. 774 */ 775 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 776 # define MEMDB 0 777 #else 778 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb 779 #endif 780 781 /* 782 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch 783 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O. 784 */ 785 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 786 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch) 787 #else 788 # define USEFETCH(x) 0 789 #endif 790 791 /* 792 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1). 793 */ 794 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647 795 796 /* 797 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*). 798 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is. 799 ** 800 ** This is so that expressions can be written as: 801 ** 802 ** if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ... 803 ** 804 ** instead of 805 ** 806 ** if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ... 807 */ 808 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods) 809 810 /* 811 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual 812 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false. 813 */ 814 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 815 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){ 816 return (pPager->pWal!=0); 817 } 818 #else 819 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0 820 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0 821 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0 822 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK 823 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK 824 #endif 825 826 #ifndef NDEBUG 827 /* 828 ** Usage: 829 ** 830 ** assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 831 ** 832 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in 833 ** the internal state of the Pager object. 834 */ 835 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){ 836 Pager *pPager = p; 837 838 /* State must be valid. */ 839 assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN 840 || p->eState==PAGER_READER 841 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 842 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 843 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 844 || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 845 || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR 846 ); 847 848 /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves 849 ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates 850 ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set. 851 */ 852 assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 853 assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone ); 854 855 /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF". 856 ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open. 857 */ 858 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal ); 859 assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) ); 860 861 /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since 862 ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter 863 ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing 864 ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may 865 ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It 866 ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR 867 ** state. 868 */ 869 if( MEMDB ){ 870 assert( p->noSync ); 871 assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 872 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 873 ); 874 assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); 875 assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 ); 876 } 877 878 /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held 879 ** on the file. 880 */ 881 assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 882 assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK ); 883 884 switch( p->eState ){ 885 case PAGER_OPEN: 886 assert( !MEMDB ); 887 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 888 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile ); 889 break; 890 891 case PAGER_READER: 892 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 893 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 894 assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 895 break; 896 897 case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED: 898 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 899 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 900 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 901 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 902 } 903 assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize ); 904 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 905 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 906 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 907 break; 908 909 case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD: 910 assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 911 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 912 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 913 /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the 914 ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during 915 ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off 916 ** to journal_mode=wal. 917 */ 918 assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ); 919 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 920 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 921 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 922 ); 923 } 924 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize ); 925 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize ); 926 break; 927 928 case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD: 929 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 930 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 931 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 932 assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 933 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 934 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 935 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 936 ); 937 assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize ); 938 break; 939 940 case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED: 941 assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 942 assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ); 943 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 944 assert( isOpen(p->jfd) 945 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 946 || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 947 ); 948 break; 949 950 case PAGER_ERROR: 951 /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if 952 ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped 953 ** back to OPEN state. 954 */ 955 assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ); 956 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ); 957 break; 958 } 959 960 return 1; 961 } 962 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */ 963 964 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 965 /* 966 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer 967 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This 968 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative 969 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb: 970 ** 971 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager) 972 */ 973 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){ 974 static char zRet[1024]; 975 976 sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet, 977 "Filename: %s\n" 978 "State: %s errCode=%d\n" 979 "Lock: %s\n" 980 "Locking mode: locking_mode=%s\n" 981 "Journal mode: journal_mode=%s\n" 982 "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n" 983 "Journal: journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n" 984 "Size: dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n" 985 , p->zFilename 986 , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? "OPEN" : 987 p->eState==PAGER_READER ? "READER" : 988 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ? "WRITER_LOCKED" : 989 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" : 990 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ? "WRITER_DBMOD" : 991 p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" : 992 p->eState==PAGER_ERROR ? "ERROR" : "?error?" 993 , (int)p->errCode 994 , p->eLock==NO_LOCK ? "NO_LOCK" : 995 p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK ? "RESERVED" : 996 p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ? "EXCLUSIVE" : 997 p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK ? "SHARED" : 998 p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?" 999 , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal" 1000 , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ? "memory" : 1001 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ? "off" : 1002 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE ? "delete" : 1003 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST ? "persist" : 1004 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" : 1005 p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ? "wal" : "?error?" 1006 , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal 1007 , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr 1008 , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize 1009 ); 1010 1011 return zRet; 1012 } 1013 #endif 1014 1015 /* 1016 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal. 1017 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one 1018 ** or more open savepoints for which: 1019 ** 1020 ** * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and 1021 ** * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in 1022 ** PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint. 1023 */ 1024 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1025 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1026 PagerSavepoint *p; 1027 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; 1028 int i; 1029 for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){ 1030 p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i]; 1031 if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTest(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){ 1032 return 1; 1033 } 1034 } 1035 return 0; 1036 } 1037 1038 /* 1039 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file. 1040 */ 1041 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){ 1042 return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 1043 } 1044 1045 /* 1046 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor. Store the integer 1047 ** that is read in *pRes. Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an 1048 ** error code is something goes wrong. 1049 ** 1050 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian. 1051 */ 1052 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){ 1053 unsigned char ac[4]; 1054 int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset); 1055 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 1056 *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac); 1057 } 1058 return rc; 1059 } 1060 1061 /* 1062 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order. 1063 */ 1064 #define put32bits(A,B) sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B) 1065 1066 1067 /* 1068 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor. Return SQLITE_OK 1069 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong. 1070 */ 1071 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){ 1072 char ac[4]; 1073 put32bits(ac, val); 1074 return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset); 1075 } 1076 1077 /* 1078 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK 1079 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock() 1080 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock. 1081 ** 1082 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1083 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of 1084 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this. 1085 */ 1086 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1087 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1088 1089 assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock ); 1090 assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK ); 1091 assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 1092 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 1093 assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock ); 1094 rc = sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1095 if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1096 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1097 } 1098 IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1099 } 1100 return rc; 1101 } 1102 1103 /* 1104 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK, 1105 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the 1106 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state. 1107 ** 1108 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is 1109 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1110 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation 1111 ** of this. 1112 */ 1113 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){ 1114 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 1115 1116 assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 1117 if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){ 1118 rc = sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock); 1119 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){ 1120 pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock; 1121 IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock)) 1122 } 1123 } 1124 return rc; 1125 } 1126 1127 /* 1128 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization 1129 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if: 1130 ** 1131 ** (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that 1132 ** a database page may be written atomically, and 1133 ** (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal 1134 ** to the page size. 1135 ** 1136 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is 1137 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory 1138 ** database. 1139 ** 1140 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used, 1141 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it 1142 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page. 1143 */ 1144 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 1145 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){ 1146 assert( !MEMDB ); 1147 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 1148 int dc; /* Device characteristics */ 1149 int nSector; /* Sector size */ 1150 int szPage; /* Page size */ 1151 1152 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 1153 dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 1154 nSector = pPager->sectorSize; 1155 szPage = pPager->pageSize; 1156 1157 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 1158 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 1159 if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){ 1160 return 0; 1161 } 1162 } 1163 1164 return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager); 1165 } 1166 #endif 1167 1168 /* 1169 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking 1170 ** on the cache using a hash function. This is used for testing 1171 ** and debugging only. 1172 */ 1173 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1174 /* 1175 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage. 1176 */ 1177 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){ 1178 u32 hash = 0; 1179 int i; 1180 for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){ 1181 hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i]; 1182 } 1183 return hash; 1184 } 1185 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1186 return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData); 1187 } 1188 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){ 1189 pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage); 1190 } 1191 1192 /* 1193 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1194 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks 1195 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash. 1196 */ 1197 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x) 1198 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 1199 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 1200 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1201 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) ); 1202 } 1203 1204 #else 1205 #define pager_datahash(X,Y) 0 1206 #define pager_pagehash(X) 0 1207 #define pager_set_pagehash(X) 1208 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) 1209 #endif /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */ 1210 1211 /* 1212 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open. 1213 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the 1214 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied 1215 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format 1216 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file. 1217 ** 1218 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by 1219 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is 1220 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal 1221 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a 1222 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name 1223 ** were present in the journal. 1224 ** 1225 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal 1226 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A 1227 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master 1228 ** journal file name. 1229 ** 1230 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present 1231 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. 1232 ** 1233 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite 1234 ** error code is returned. 1235 */ 1236 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){ 1237 int rc; /* Return code */ 1238 u32 len; /* Length in bytes of master journal name */ 1239 i64 szJ; /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */ 1240 u32 cksum; /* MJ checksum value read from journal */ 1241 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 1242 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1243 zMaster[0] = '\0'; 1244 1245 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ)) 1246 || szJ<16 1247 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len)) 1248 || len>=nMaster 1249 || len==0 1250 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum)) 1251 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8)) 1252 || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) 1253 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len)) 1254 ){ 1255 return rc; 1256 } 1257 1258 /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */ 1259 for(u=0; u<len; u++){ 1260 cksum -= zMaster[u]; 1261 } 1262 if( cksum ){ 1263 /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors 1264 ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means 1265 ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul) 1266 ** master-journal filename. 1267 */ 1268 len = 0; 1269 } 1270 zMaster[len] = '\0'; 1271 1272 return SQLITE_OK; 1273 } 1274 1275 /* 1276 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately 1277 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector 1278 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes. 1279 ** 1280 ** i.e for a sector size of 512: 1281 ** 1282 ** Pager.journalOff Return value 1283 ** --------------------------------------- 1284 ** 0 0 1285 ** 512 512 1286 ** 100 512 1287 ** 2000 2048 1288 ** 1289 */ 1290 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){ 1291 i64 offset = 0; 1292 i64 c = pPager->journalOff; 1293 if( c ){ 1294 offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1295 } 1296 assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 ); 1297 assert( offset>=c ); 1298 assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 1299 return offset; 1300 } 1301 1302 /* 1303 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called. 1304 ** 1305 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to 1306 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0). 1307 ** 1308 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is 1309 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise, 1310 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case, 1311 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately 1312 ** after writing or truncating it. 1313 ** 1314 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and 1315 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the 1316 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the 1317 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does 1318 ** not need to be synced following this operation. 1319 ** 1320 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code. 1321 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK. 1322 */ 1323 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){ 1324 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1325 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1326 if( pPager->journalOff ){ 1327 const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit; /* Local cache of jsl */ 1328 1329 IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager)) 1330 if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){ 1331 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1332 }else{ 1333 static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0}; 1334 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0); 1335 } 1336 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 1337 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags); 1338 } 1339 1340 /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock 1341 ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for 1342 ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more 1343 ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need 1344 ** to sync the file following this operation. 1345 */ 1346 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){ 1347 i64 sz; 1348 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz); 1349 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){ 1350 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit); 1351 } 1352 } 1353 } 1354 return rc; 1355 } 1356 1357 /* 1358 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal 1359 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the 1360 ** current location. 1361 ** 1362 ** The format for the journal header is as follows: 1363 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format. 1364 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on. 1365 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash. 1366 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count. 1367 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal. 1368 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size. 1369 ** 1370 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space. 1371 */ 1372 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){ 1373 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 1374 char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace; /* Temporary space used to build header */ 1375 u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */ 1376 u32 nWrite; /* Bytes of header sector written */ 1377 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1378 1379 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1380 1381 if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 1382 nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1383 } 1384 1385 /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created 1386 ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the 1387 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now. 1388 */ 1389 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1390 if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){ 1391 pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff; 1392 } 1393 } 1394 1395 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1396 1397 /* 1398 ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this 1399 ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time. 1400 ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced, 1401 ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number 1402 ** of records (see syncJournal()). 1403 ** 1404 ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When 1405 ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the 1406 ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption 1407 ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal 1408 ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios 1409 ** where this risk can be ignored: 1410 ** 1411 ** * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a 1412 ** power failure in this case anyway. 1413 ** 1414 ** * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees 1415 ** that garbage data is never appended to the journal file. 1416 */ 1417 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync ); 1418 if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY) 1419 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) 1420 ){ 1421 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 1422 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff); 1423 }else{ 1424 memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4); 1425 } 1426 1427 /* The random check-hash initializer */ 1428 sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit); 1429 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit); 1430 /* The initial database size */ 1431 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize); 1432 /* The assumed sector size for this process */ 1433 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize); 1434 1435 /* The page size */ 1436 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize); 1437 1438 /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary. Everything 1439 ** works find if the following memset() is omitted. But initializing 1440 ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to 1441 ** take the performance hit. 1442 */ 1443 memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0, 1444 nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20)); 1445 1446 /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the 1447 ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the 1448 ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next 1449 ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file 1450 ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS). 1451 ** 1452 ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can 1453 ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file, 1454 ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of 1455 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what 1456 ** is done. 1457 ** 1458 ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the 1459 ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize 1460 ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required 1461 ** to populate the entire journal header sector. 1462 */ 1463 for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){ 1464 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader)) 1465 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff); 1466 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1467 pPager->journalOff += nHeader; 1468 } 1469 1470 return rc; 1471 } 1472 1473 /* 1474 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file 1475 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal 1476 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by 1477 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for 1478 ** a description of the journal header format. 1479 ** 1480 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of 1481 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the 1482 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit 1483 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned 1484 ** in this case. 1485 ** 1486 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is 1487 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined. If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes 1488 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned. 1489 */ 1490 static int readJournalHdr( 1491 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 1492 int isHot, 1493 i64 journalSize, /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */ 1494 u32 *pNRec, /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */ 1495 u32 *pDbSize /* OUT: Value of original database size field */ 1496 ){ 1497 int rc; /* Return code */ 1498 unsigned char aMagic[8]; /* A buffer to hold the magic header */ 1499 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of journal header being read */ 1500 1501 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); /* Journal file must be open. */ 1502 1503 /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the 1504 ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this 1505 ** point, return SQLITE_DONE. 1506 */ 1507 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1508 if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){ 1509 return SQLITE_DONE; 1510 } 1511 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1512 1513 /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match 1514 ** the magic string found at the start of each journal header, return 1515 ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise, 1516 ** proceed. 1517 */ 1518 if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){ 1519 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff); 1520 if( rc ){ 1521 return rc; 1522 } 1523 if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){ 1524 return SQLITE_DONE; 1525 } 1526 } 1527 1528 /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec 1529 ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start 1530 ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong. 1531 */ 1532 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec)) 1533 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit)) 1534 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize)) 1535 ){ 1536 return rc; 1537 } 1538 1539 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1540 u32 iPageSize; /* Page-size field of journal header */ 1541 u32 iSectorSize; /* Sector-size field of journal header */ 1542 1543 /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */ 1544 if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize)) 1545 || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize)) 1546 ){ 1547 return rc; 1548 } 1549 1550 /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the 1551 ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize 1552 ** variable is already set to the correct page size. 1553 */ 1554 if( iPageSize==0 ){ 1555 iPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 1556 } 1557 1558 /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields 1559 ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power 1560 ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their 1561 ** respective compile time maximum limits. 1562 */ 1563 if( iPageSize<512 || iSectorSize<32 1564 || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 1565 || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0 || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0 1566 ){ 1567 /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is 1568 ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have 1569 ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading 1570 ** the journal file here. 1571 */ 1572 return SQLITE_DONE; 1573 } 1574 1575 /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal. 1576 ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within 1577 ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested. 1578 */ 1579 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1); 1580 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 1581 1582 /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by 1583 ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was 1584 ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine 1585 ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value 1586 ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine. 1587 */ 1588 pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize; 1589 } 1590 1591 pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 1592 return rc; 1593 } 1594 1595 1596 /* 1597 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager 1598 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last 1599 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the 1600 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before 1601 ** anything is written. The format is: 1602 ** 1603 ** + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO. 1604 ** + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8. 1605 ** + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator). 1606 ** + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum. 1607 ** + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[]. 1608 ** 1609 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master 1610 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer. 1611 ** 1612 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction), 1613 ** this call is a no-op. 1614 */ 1615 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 1616 int rc; /* Return code */ 1617 int nMaster; /* Length of string zMaster */ 1618 i64 iHdrOff; /* Offset of header in journal file */ 1619 i64 jrnlSize; /* Size of journal file on disk */ 1620 u32 cksum = 0; /* Checksum of string zMaster */ 1621 1622 assert( pPager->setMaster==0 ); 1623 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1624 1625 if( !zMaster 1626 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1627 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 1628 ){ 1629 return SQLITE_OK; 1630 } 1631 pPager->setMaster = 1; 1632 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1633 assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff ); 1634 1635 /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */ 1636 for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){ 1637 cksum += zMaster[nMaster]; 1638 } 1639 1640 /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing 1641 ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to 1642 ** the journal has already been synced. 1643 */ 1644 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 1645 pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 1646 } 1647 iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff; 1648 1649 /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If 1650 ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller. 1651 */ 1652 if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)))) 1653 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4))) 1654 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster))) 1655 || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum))) 1656 || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8))) 1657 ){ 1658 return rc; 1659 } 1660 pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20); 1661 1662 /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical 1663 ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name 1664 ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is 1665 ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file 1666 ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine 1667 ** whether or not the journal is hot. 1668 ** 1669 ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal 1670 ** file to the required size. 1671 */ 1672 if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize)) 1673 && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff 1674 ){ 1675 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff); 1676 } 1677 return rc; 1678 } 1679 1680 /* 1681 ** Find a page in the hash table given its page number. Return 1682 ** a pointer to the page or NULL if the requested page is not 1683 ** already in memory. 1684 */ 1685 static PgHdr *pager_lookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1686 PgHdr *p; /* Return value */ 1687 1688 /* It is not possible for a call to PcacheFetch() with createFlag==0 to 1689 ** fail, since no attempt to allocate dynamic memory will be made. 1690 */ 1691 (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &p); 1692 return p; 1693 } 1694 1695 /* 1696 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache. 1697 */ 1698 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){ 1699 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 1700 sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache); 1701 } 1702 1703 /* 1704 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both 1705 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal 1706 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode. 1707 */ 1708 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){ 1709 int ii; /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */ 1710 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1711 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 1712 } 1713 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 1714 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd); 1715 } 1716 sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint); 1717 pPager->aSavepoint = 0; 1718 pPager->nSavepoint = 0; 1719 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 1720 } 1721 1722 /* 1723 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint 1724 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful 1725 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs. 1726 */ 1727 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 1728 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 1729 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Result code */ 1730 1731 for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 1732 PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii]; 1733 if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){ 1734 rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno); 1735 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1736 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 1737 } 1738 } 1739 return rc; 1740 } 1741 1742 /* 1743 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not 1744 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN 1745 ** state. 1746 ** 1747 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is 1748 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does 1749 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is 1750 ** closed (if it is open). 1751 ** 1752 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the 1753 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to 1754 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode 1755 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated 1756 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction 1757 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection). 1758 */ 1759 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){ 1760 1761 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER 1762 || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN 1763 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 1764 ); 1765 1766 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1767 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1768 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1769 1770 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 1771 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 1772 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 1773 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1774 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 1775 int rc; /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */ 1776 int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0; 1777 1778 /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then 1779 ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock. Otherwise 1780 ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file 1781 ** out from under us. 1782 */ 1783 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)!=1 ); 1784 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)!=1 ); 1785 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)!=1 ); 1786 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)!=1 ); 1787 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 1788 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 1789 if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN) 1790 || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5) 1791 ){ 1792 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1793 } 1794 1795 /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database 1796 ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment 1797 ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this 1798 ** is necessary. 1799 */ 1800 rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK); 1801 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){ 1802 pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK; 1803 } 1804 1805 /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here 1806 ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error 1807 ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below. 1808 */ 1809 assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1810 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 1811 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1812 } 1813 1814 /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be 1815 ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager, 1816 ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both 1817 ** normal and exclusive-locking mode. 1818 */ 1819 if( pPager->errCode ){ 1820 assert( !MEMDB ); 1821 pager_reset(pPager); 1822 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 1823 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 1824 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK; 1825 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 1826 } 1827 1828 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1829 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 1830 pPager->setMaster = 0; 1831 } 1832 1833 /* 1834 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires 1835 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred. 1836 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second 1837 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The 1838 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function. 1839 ** 1840 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the 1841 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code 1842 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state, 1843 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode. 1844 ** 1845 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache 1846 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding 1847 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when 1848 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need 1849 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if 1850 ** it were a hot-journal). 1851 */ 1852 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){ 1853 int rc2 = rc & 0xff; 1854 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB ); 1855 assert( 1856 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL || 1857 pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || 1858 (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR 1859 ); 1860 if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){ 1861 pPager->errCode = rc; 1862 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 1863 } 1864 return rc; 1865 } 1866 1867 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage); 1868 1869 /* 1870 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by 1871 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called 1872 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening 1873 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a 1874 ** database transaction. 1875 ** 1876 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called 1877 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less 1878 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op. 1879 ** 1880 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released. 1881 ** 1882 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal 1883 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a 1884 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this 1885 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized 1886 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and 1887 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows: 1888 ** 1889 ** journalMode==MEMORY 1890 ** Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an 1891 ** in-memory journal. 1892 ** 1893 ** journalMode==TRUNCATE 1894 ** Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size. 1895 ** 1896 ** journalMode==PERSIST 1897 ** The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates 1898 ** the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal 1899 ** file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back. 1900 ** 1901 ** journalMode==DELETE 1902 ** The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete(). 1903 ** 1904 ** If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing 1905 ** the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is 1906 ** DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under 1907 ** journalMode==PERSIST is used instead. 1908 ** 1909 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state. 1910 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is 1911 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK. 1912 ** 1913 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during 1914 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the 1915 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the 1916 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still 1917 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the 1918 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related 1919 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is 1920 ** returned. 1921 */ 1922 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){ 1923 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from journal finalization operation */ 1924 int rc2 = SQLITE_OK; /* Error code from db file unlock operation */ 1925 1926 /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction 1927 ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there 1928 ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is 1929 ** held under two circumstances: 1930 ** 1931 ** 1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with 1932 ** eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. 1933 ** 1934 ** 2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE 1935 ** lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a 1936 ** read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER 1937 ** and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed. 1938 */ 1939 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 1940 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 1941 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){ 1942 return SQLITE_OK; 1943 } 1944 1945 releaseAllSavepoints(pPager); 1946 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 1947 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 1948 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 1949 1950 /* Finalize the journal file. */ 1951 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->jfd) ){ 1952 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 1953 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1954 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){ 1955 if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){ 1956 rc = SQLITE_OK; 1957 }else{ 1958 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0); 1959 } 1960 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1961 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1962 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL) 1963 ){ 1964 rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster); 1965 pPager->journalOff = 0; 1966 }else{ 1967 /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if 1968 ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal 1969 ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to 1970 ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal. 1971 */ 1972 int bDelete = (!pPager->tempFile && sqlite3JournalExists(pPager->jfd)); 1973 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 1974 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 1975 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 1976 ); 1977 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 1978 if( bDelete ){ 1979 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 1980 } 1981 } 1982 } 1983 1984 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 1985 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash); 1986 if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){ 1987 PgHdr *p = pager_lookup(pPager, 1); 1988 if( p ){ 1989 p->pageHash = 0; 1990 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p); 1991 } 1992 } 1993 #endif 1994 1995 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 1996 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 1997 pPager->nRec = 0; 1998 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 1999 sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize); 2000 2001 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2002 /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in 2003 ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE 2004 ** lock held on the database file. 2005 */ 2006 rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 2007 assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK ); 2008 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){ 2009 /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal 2010 ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image. 2011 ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction 2012 ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the 2013 ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum 2014 ** required size. */ 2015 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2016 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize); 2017 } 2018 2019 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 2020 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0); 2021 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 2022 } 2023 2024 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode 2025 && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0)) 2026 ){ 2027 rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 2028 pPager->changeCountDone = 0; 2029 } 2030 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 2031 pPager->setMaster = 0; 2032 2033 return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc); 2034 } 2035 2036 /* 2037 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the 2038 ** database file. 2039 ** 2040 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt 2041 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The 2042 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock 2043 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this 2044 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next 2045 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one) 2046 ** will roll it back. 2047 ** 2048 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or 2049 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause 2050 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the 2051 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above. 2052 */ 2053 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){ 2054 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){ 2055 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 2056 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 2057 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 2058 sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager); 2059 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 2060 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 2061 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 2062 pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 2063 } 2064 } 2065 pager_unlock(pPager); 2066 } 2067 2068 /* 2069 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes 2070 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the 2071 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit. 2072 ** 2073 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the 2074 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte 2075 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200). 2076 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer. 2077 ** 2078 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an 2079 ** incompatible journal file format. 2080 ** 2081 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely 2082 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed. 2083 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be 2084 ** correct and the middle be corrupt. Thus, this "checksum" scheme, 2085 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption. 2086 */ 2087 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){ 2088 u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit; /* Checksum value to return */ 2089 int i = pPager->pageSize-200; /* Loop counter */ 2090 while( i>0 ){ 2091 cksum += aData[i]; 2092 i -= 200; 2093 } 2094 return cksum; 2095 } 2096 2097 /* 2098 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back 2099 ** to the codec. 2100 */ 2101 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 2102 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){ 2103 if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){ 2104 pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize, 2105 (int)pPager->nReserve); 2106 } 2107 } 2108 #else 2109 # define pagerReportSize(X) /* No-op if we do not support a codec */ 2110 #endif 2111 2112 /* 2113 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or 2114 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page. 2115 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset 2116 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal. 2117 ** 2118 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does 2119 ** not. 2120 ** 2121 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file 2122 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is 2123 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned. 2124 ** 2125 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already 2126 ** been played back. If the page at *pOffset has already been played back 2127 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback. 2128 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set 2129 ** prior to returning. 2130 ** 2131 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file 2132 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs 2133 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing 2134 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data 2135 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be 2136 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in 2137 ** two circumstances: 2138 ** 2139 ** * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or 2140 ** * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file 2141 ** and the checksum field does not match the record content. 2142 ** 2143 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback. 2144 ** 2145 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically 2146 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails, 2147 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. 2148 */ 2149 static int pager_playback_one_page( 2150 Pager *pPager, /* The pager being played back */ 2151 i64 *pOffset, /* Offset of record to playback */ 2152 Bitvec *pDone, /* Bitvec of pages already played back */ 2153 int isMainJrnl, /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */ 2154 int isSavepnt /* True for a savepoint rollback */ 2155 ){ 2156 int rc; 2157 PgHdr *pPg; /* An existing page in the cache */ 2158 Pgno pgno; /* The page number of a page in journal */ 2159 u32 cksum; /* Checksum used for sanity checking */ 2160 char *aData; /* Temporary storage for the page */ 2161 sqlite3_file *jfd; /* The file descriptor for the journal file */ 2162 int isSynced; /* True if journal page is synced */ 2163 2164 assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 ); /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */ 2165 assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 ); /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */ 2166 assert( isMainJrnl || pDone ); /* pDone always used on sub-journals */ 2167 assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 ); /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */ 2168 2169 aData = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2170 assert( aData ); /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */ 2171 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) ); 2172 2173 /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction 2174 ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is 2175 ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager 2176 ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback 2177 ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal. 2178 */ 2179 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 2180 || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 2181 ); 2182 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl ); 2183 2184 /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal 2185 ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs. 2186 */ 2187 jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd; 2188 rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno); 2189 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2190 rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4); 2191 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2192 *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4; 2193 2194 /* Sanity checking on the page. This is more important that I originally 2195 ** thought. If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written, 2196 ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal. We need to 2197 ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it. 2198 */ 2199 if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 2200 assert( !isSavepnt ); 2201 return SQLITE_DONE; 2202 } 2203 if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){ 2204 return SQLITE_OK; 2205 } 2206 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2207 rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum); 2208 if( rc ) return rc; 2209 if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){ 2210 return SQLITE_DONE; 2211 } 2212 } 2213 2214 /* If this page has already been played by before during the current 2215 ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again. 2216 */ 2217 if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2218 return rc; 2219 } 2220 2221 /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting 2222 */ 2223 if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){ 2224 pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20]; 2225 pagerReportSize(pPager); 2226 } 2227 2228 /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this 2229 ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache, 2230 ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case. 2231 ** 2232 ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode 2233 ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may 2234 ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs 2235 ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache 2236 ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not 2237 ** assert()able. 2238 ** 2239 ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the 2240 ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked 2241 ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for 2242 ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty 2243 ** if the pager is in OPEN state. 2244 ** 2245 ** Ticket #1171: The statement journal might contain page content that is 2246 ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction. 2247 ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement 2248 ** then changed again within the statement. When rolling back such a 2249 ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know 2250 ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback 2251 ** journal. Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the 2252 ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can 2253 ** restore the database to its original form. Two conditions must be 2254 ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be 2255 ** locked. (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced 2256 ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else 2257 ** the page is marked as needSync==0. 2258 ** 2259 ** 2008-04-14: When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it 2260 ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist. 2261 ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened. 2262 */ 2263 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 2264 pPg = 0; 2265 }else{ 2266 pPg = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); 2267 } 2268 assert( pPg || !MEMDB ); 2269 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 ); 2270 PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n", 2271 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData), 2272 (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal") 2273 )); 2274 if( isMainJrnl ){ 2275 isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr); 2276 }else{ 2277 isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)); 2278 } 2279 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2280 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2281 && isSynced 2282 ){ 2283 i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2284 testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 ); 2285 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2286 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst); 2287 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 2288 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 2289 } 2290 if( pPager->pBackup ){ 2291 CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2292 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData); 2293 CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, aData); 2294 } 2295 }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){ 2296 /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to 2297 ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential 2298 ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it 2299 ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be 2300 ** current. 2301 ** 2302 ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite 2303 ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen 2304 ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then 2305 ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage(). 2306 ** 2307 ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing 2308 ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty 2309 ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as 2310 ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written. 2311 */ 2312 assert( isSavepnt ); 2313 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 ); 2314 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2315 rc = sqlite3PagerAcquire(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1); 2316 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 ); 2317 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK; 2318 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 2319 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_READ; 2320 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 2321 } 2322 if( pPg ){ 2323 /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except 2324 ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the 2325 ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result 2326 ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to 2327 ** sqlite3PagerRollback(). 2328 */ 2329 void *pData; 2330 pData = pPg->pData; 2331 memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize); 2332 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2333 if( isMainJrnl && (!isSavepnt || *pOffset<=pPager->journalHdr) ){ 2334 /* If the contents of this page were just restored from the main 2335 ** journal file, then its content must be as they were when the 2336 ** transaction was first opened. In this case we can mark the page 2337 ** as clean, since there will be no need to write it out to the 2338 ** database. 2339 ** 2340 ** There is one exception to this rule. If the page is being rolled 2341 ** back as part of a savepoint (or statement) rollback from an 2342 ** unsynced portion of the main journal file, then it is not safe 2343 ** to mark the page as clean. This is because marking the page as 2344 ** clean will clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag. Since the page is 2345 ** already in the journal file (recorded in Pager.pInJournal) and 2346 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is cleared, if the page is written to 2347 ** again within this transaction, it will be marked as dirty but 2348 ** the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag will not be set. It could then potentially 2349 ** be written out into the database file before its journal file 2350 ** segment is synced. If a crash occurs during or following this, 2351 ** database corruption may ensue. 2352 */ 2353 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2354 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 2355 } 2356 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 2357 2358 /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers. 2359 ** Do this before any decoding. */ 2360 if( pgno==1 ){ 2361 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2362 } 2363 2364 /* Decode the page just read from disk */ 2365 CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM); 2366 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 2367 } 2368 return rc; 2369 } 2370 2371 /* 2372 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal 2373 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back. 2374 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file, 2375 ** and does so if it is. 2376 ** 2377 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not 2378 ** available for use within this function. 2379 ** 2380 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names 2381 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8 2382 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a 2383 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal 2384 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be: 2385 ** 2386 ** "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00" 2387 ** 2388 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child 2389 ** journals have been rolled back. 2390 ** 2391 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into 2392 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For 2393 ** each child journal, it checks if: 2394 ** 2395 ** * if the child journal exists, and if so 2396 ** * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal 2397 ** file zMaster 2398 ** 2399 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria 2400 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if 2401 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from 2402 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete(). 2403 ** 2404 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This 2405 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation 2406 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors 2407 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2408 ** 2409 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load 2410 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be 2411 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page 2412 ** size. 2413 */ 2414 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 2415 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2416 int rc; /* Return code */ 2417 sqlite3_file *pMaster; /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */ 2418 sqlite3_file *pJournal; /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */ 2419 char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */ 2420 i64 nMasterJournal; /* Size of master journal file */ 2421 char *zJournal; /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */ 2422 char *zMasterPtr; /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */ 2423 int nMasterPtr; /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */ 2424 2425 /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors. 2426 ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading. 2427 */ 2428 pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2); 2429 pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile); 2430 if( !pMaster ){ 2431 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2432 }else{ 2433 const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL); 2434 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0); 2435 } 2436 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2437 2438 /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from 2439 ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal. Also obtain 2440 ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master 2441 ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals. 2442 */ 2443 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal); 2444 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2445 nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 2446 zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc((int)nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1); 2447 if( !zMasterJournal ){ 2448 rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 2449 goto delmaster_out; 2450 } 2451 zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1]; 2452 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0); 2453 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out; 2454 zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0; 2455 2456 zJournal = zMasterJournal; 2457 while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){ 2458 int exists; 2459 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 2460 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2461 goto delmaster_out; 2462 } 2463 if( exists ){ 2464 /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists. 2465 ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If 2466 ** so, return without deleting the master journal file. 2467 */ 2468 int c; 2469 int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL); 2470 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0); 2471 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2472 goto delmaster_out; 2473 } 2474 2475 rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr); 2476 sqlite3OsClose(pJournal); 2477 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2478 goto delmaster_out; 2479 } 2480 2481 c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0; 2482 if( c ){ 2483 /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */ 2484 goto delmaster_out; 2485 } 2486 } 2487 zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1); 2488 } 2489 2490 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2491 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0); 2492 2493 delmaster_out: 2494 sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal); 2495 if( pMaster ){ 2496 sqlite3OsClose(pMaster); 2497 assert( !isOpen(pJournal) ); 2498 sqlite3_free(pMaster); 2499 } 2500 return rc; 2501 } 2502 2503 2504 /* 2505 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database 2506 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction, 2507 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal). 2508 ** 2509 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either 2510 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size 2511 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes). 2512 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS 2513 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it. 2514 ** 2515 ** Or, it might might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than 2516 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if 2517 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it 2518 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to 2519 ** the end of the new file instead. 2520 ** 2521 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying 2522 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller. 2523 */ 2524 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 2525 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2526 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 2527 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER ); 2528 2529 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) 2530 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2531 ){ 2532 i64 currentSize, newSize; 2533 int szPage = pPager->pageSize; 2534 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 2535 /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */ 2536 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, ¤tSize); 2537 newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage; 2538 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){ 2539 if( currentSize>newSize ){ 2540 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize); 2541 }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){ 2542 char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2543 memset(pTmp, 0, szPage); 2544 testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize ); 2545 testcase( (newSize-szPage) > currentSize ); 2546 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage); 2547 } 2548 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2549 pPager->dbFileSize = nPage; 2550 } 2551 } 2552 } 2553 return rc; 2554 } 2555 2556 /* 2557 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The 2558 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2559 */ 2560 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){ 2561 int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile); 2562 if( iRet<32 ){ 2563 iRet = 512; 2564 }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){ 2565 assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 ); 2566 iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE; 2567 } 2568 return iRet; 2569 } 2570 2571 /* 2572 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given 2573 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method 2574 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used used 2575 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and 2576 ** master journal pointers within created journal files. 2577 ** 2578 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes. 2579 ** 2580 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is 2581 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if 2582 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it 2583 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE. 2584 ** 2585 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set 2586 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512). The purpose of 2587 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that 2588 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in 2589 ** that range. But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero 2590 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector 2591 ** size. For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format, 2592 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512. 2593 */ 2594 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){ 2595 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 2596 2597 if( pPager->tempFile 2598 || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) & 2599 SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0 2600 ){ 2601 /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file 2602 ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize() 2603 ** call will segfault. */ 2604 pPager->sectorSize = 512; 2605 }else{ 2606 pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd); 2607 } 2608 } 2609 2610 /* 2611 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to 2612 ** the state it was in before we started making changes. 2613 ** 2614 ** The journal file format is as follows: 2615 ** 2616 ** (1) 8 byte prefix. A copy of aJournalMagic[]. 2617 ** (2) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records 2618 ** in the journal. If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the 2619 ** number of page records from the journal size. 2620 ** (3) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the 2621 ** sanity checksum. 2622 ** (4) 4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the 2623 ** database to during a rollback. 2624 ** (5) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size. The header 2625 ** is this many bytes in size. 2626 ** (6) 4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size. 2627 ** (7) zero padding out to the next sector size. 2628 ** (8) Zero or more pages instances, each as follows: 2629 ** + 4 byte page number. 2630 ** + pPager->pageSize bytes of data. 2631 ** + 4 byte checksum 2632 ** 2633 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above. 2634 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item. 2635 ** 2636 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec". nRec is the number of 2637 ** valid page entries in the journal. In most cases, you can compute the 2638 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file. But if a power 2639 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the 2640 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but 2641 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk. In such a case, 2642 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large. For 2643 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header. 2644 ** 2645 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed 2646 ** from the file size. This value is used when the user selects the 2647 ** no-sync option for the journal. A power failure could lead to corruption 2648 ** in this case. But for things like temporary table (which will be 2649 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care. 2650 ** 2651 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed 2652 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled 2653 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file 2654 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had 2655 ** been encountered. 2656 ** 2657 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted 2658 ** and an error code is returned. 2659 ** 2660 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal 2661 ** that might be a hot journal. Or, it could be that the journal is 2662 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE. 2663 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling 2664 ** back any content. If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is 2665 ** needed. 2666 */ 2667 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){ 2668 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 2669 i64 szJ; /* Size of the journal file in bytes */ 2670 u32 nRec; /* Number of Records in the journal */ 2671 u32 u; /* Unsigned loop counter */ 2672 Pgno mxPg = 0; /* Size of the original file in pages */ 2673 int rc; /* Result code of a subroutine */ 2674 int res = 1; /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */ 2675 char *zMaster = 0; /* Name of master journal file if any */ 2676 int needPagerReset; /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */ 2677 int nPlayback = 0; /* Total number of pages restored from journal */ 2678 2679 /* Figure out how many records are in the journal. Abort early if 2680 ** the journal is empty. 2681 */ 2682 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 2683 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ); 2684 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2685 goto end_playback; 2686 } 2687 2688 /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present. 2689 ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not 2690 ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be 2691 ** played back. 2692 ** 2693 ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that 2694 ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that 2695 ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c, 2696 ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value 2697 ** for pageSize. 2698 */ 2699 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2700 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2701 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){ 2702 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res); 2703 } 2704 zMaster = 0; 2705 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){ 2706 goto end_playback; 2707 } 2708 pPager->journalOff = 0; 2709 needPagerReset = isHot; 2710 2711 /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or 2712 ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error 2713 ** occurs. 2714 */ 2715 while( 1 ){ 2716 /* Read the next journal header from the journal file. If there are 2717 ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or 2718 ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it. 2719 ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back. 2720 */ 2721 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg); 2722 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2723 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2724 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2725 } 2726 goto end_playback; 2727 } 2728 2729 /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process 2730 ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal 2731 ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute 2732 ** the value of nRec based on this assumption. 2733 */ 2734 if( nRec==0xffffffff ){ 2735 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ); 2736 nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2737 } 2738 2739 /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this 2740 ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means 2741 ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been 2742 ** synced to disk. Compute the number of pages based on the remaining 2743 ** size of the file. 2744 ** 2745 ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565. 2746 ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next 2747 ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back. But 2748 ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in 2749 ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional 2750 ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages 2751 ** should be computed based on the journal file size. 2752 */ 2753 if( nRec==0 && !isHot && 2754 pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){ 2755 nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 2756 } 2757 2758 /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the 2759 ** database file back to its original size. 2760 */ 2761 if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){ 2762 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg); 2763 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 2764 goto end_playback; 2765 } 2766 pPager->dbSize = mxPg; 2767 } 2768 2769 /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the 2770 ** database file and/or page cache. 2771 */ 2772 for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){ 2773 if( needPagerReset ){ 2774 pager_reset(pPager); 2775 needPagerReset = 0; 2776 } 2777 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0); 2778 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2779 nPlayback++; 2780 }else{ 2781 if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){ 2782 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 2783 break; 2784 }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2785 /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and 2786 ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was 2787 ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash. In that 2788 ** case, the database should have never been written in the 2789 ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */ 2790 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2791 goto end_playback; 2792 }else{ 2793 /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error 2794 ** code. This will cause the pager to enter the error state 2795 ** so that no further harm will be done. Perhaps the next 2796 ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database. 2797 */ 2798 goto end_playback; 2799 } 2800 } 2801 } 2802 } 2803 /*NOTREACHED*/ 2804 assert( 0 ); 2805 2806 end_playback: 2807 /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original 2808 ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the 2809 ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the 2810 ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified. 2811 */ 2812 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 2813 if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){ 2814 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0); 2815 } 2816 #endif 2817 2818 /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or 2819 ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but 2820 ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter 2821 ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive 2822 ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not 2823 ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency 2824 ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just 2825 ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now. 2826 */ 2827 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 2828 2829 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2830 zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace; 2831 rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1); 2832 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2833 } 2834 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 2835 && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN) 2836 ){ 2837 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0); 2838 } 2839 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2840 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0); 2841 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2842 } 2843 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){ 2844 /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success, 2845 ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal. 2846 */ 2847 rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster); 2848 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 2849 } 2850 if( isHot && nPlayback ){ 2851 sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s", 2852 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal); 2853 } 2854 2855 /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling 2856 ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size 2857 ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process. 2858 */ 2859 setSectorSize(pPager); 2860 return rc; 2861 } 2862 2863 2864 /* 2865 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into 2866 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database 2867 ** file before this function is called. 2868 ** 2869 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to 2870 ** the value read from the database file. 2871 ** 2872 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller. 2873 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 2874 */ 2875 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){ 2876 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */ 2877 Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno; /* Page number to read */ 2878 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 2879 int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */ 2880 2881 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB ); 2882 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 2883 2884 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2885 if( iFrame ){ 2886 /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */ 2887 rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData); 2888 }else 2889 #endif 2890 { 2891 i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; 2892 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset); 2893 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 2894 rc = SQLITE_OK; 2895 } 2896 } 2897 2898 if( pgno==1 ){ 2899 if( rc ){ 2900 /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something 2901 ** that will never be a valid file version. dbFileVers[] is a copy 2902 ** of bytes 24..39 of the database. Bytes 28..31 should always be 2903 ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39 2904 ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff. So filling 2905 ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice. 2906 ** 2907 ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex: bytes 2908 ** 24..39 of the database are white noise. But the probability of 2909 ** white noising equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so 2910 ** we should still be ok. 2911 */ 2912 memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2913 }else{ 2914 u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24]; 2915 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 2916 } 2917 } 2918 CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM); 2919 2920 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count); 2921 PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead); 2922 IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 2923 PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 2924 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg))); 2925 2926 return rc; 2927 } 2928 2929 /* 2930 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in 2931 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96. 2932 ** 2933 ** This is an unconditional update. See also the pager_incr_changecounter() 2934 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually 2935 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable. 2936 */ 2937 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){ 2938 u32 change_counter; 2939 2940 /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */ 2941 change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1; 2942 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter); 2943 2944 /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in 2945 ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number 2946 ** is valid. */ 2947 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter); 2948 put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER); 2949 } 2950 2951 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 2952 /* 2953 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been 2954 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back. 2955 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument 2956 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure. 2957 ** 2958 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references, 2959 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding 2960 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the 2961 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails, 2962 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 2963 */ 2964 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){ 2965 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 2966 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx; 2967 PgHdr *pPg; 2968 2969 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 2970 pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg); 2971 if( pPg ){ 2972 if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){ 2973 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 2974 }else{ 2975 u32 iFrame = 0; 2976 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame); 2977 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2978 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 2979 } 2980 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 2981 pPager->xReiniter(pPg); 2982 } 2983 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 2984 } 2985 } 2986 2987 /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are 2988 ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the 2989 ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as 2990 ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one 2991 ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore 2992 ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction, 2993 ** the backups must be restarted. 2994 */ 2995 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 2996 2997 return rc; 2998 } 2999 3000 /* 3001 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database. 3002 */ 3003 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){ 3004 int rc; /* Return Code */ 3005 PgHdr *pList; /* List of dirty pages to revert */ 3006 3007 /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already 3008 ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the 3009 ** following: 3010 ** 3011 ** + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or 3012 ** + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0). 3013 */ 3014 pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize; 3015 rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager); 3016 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3017 while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3018 PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty; 3019 rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno); 3020 pList = pNext; 3021 } 3022 3023 return rc; 3024 } 3025 3026 /* 3027 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging 3028 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty), 3029 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have 3030 ** changed. 3031 ** 3032 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number. 3033 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page. 3034 */ 3035 static int pagerWalFrames( 3036 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3037 PgHdr *pList, /* List of frames to log */ 3038 Pgno nTruncate, /* Database size after this commit */ 3039 int isCommit /* True if this is a commit */ 3040 ){ 3041 int rc; /* Return code */ 3042 int nList; /* Number of pages in pList */ 3043 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES) 3044 PgHdr *p; /* For looping over pages */ 3045 #endif 3046 3047 assert( pPager->pWal ); 3048 assert( pList ); 3049 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 3050 /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */ 3051 for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){ 3052 assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno ); 3053 } 3054 #endif 3055 3056 assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit ); 3057 if( isCommit ){ 3058 /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing 3059 ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file. 3060 ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty 3061 ** list here. */ 3062 PgHdr *p; 3063 PgHdr **ppNext = &pList; 3064 nList = 0; 3065 for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){ 3066 if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){ 3067 ppNext = &p->pDirty; 3068 nList++; 3069 } 3070 } 3071 assert( pList ); 3072 }else{ 3073 nList = 1; 3074 } 3075 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList; 3076 3077 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 3078 rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal, 3079 pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags 3080 ); 3081 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){ 3082 PgHdr *p; 3083 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3084 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData); 3085 } 3086 } 3087 3088 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES 3089 pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 3090 for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){ 3091 pager_set_pagehash(p); 3092 } 3093 #endif 3094 3095 return rc; 3096 } 3097 3098 /* 3099 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL. 3100 ** 3101 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially 3102 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves 3103 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by 3104 ** other writers or checkpointers. 3105 */ 3106 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){ 3107 int rc; /* Return code */ 3108 int changed = 0; /* True if cache must be reset */ 3109 3110 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3111 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 3112 3113 /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous 3114 ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE. So call it now. If we 3115 ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called, 3116 ** the duplicate call is harmless. 3117 */ 3118 sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal); 3119 3120 rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed); 3121 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){ 3122 pager_reset(pPager); 3123 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 3124 } 3125 3126 return rc; 3127 } 3128 #endif 3129 3130 /* 3131 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN 3132 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file 3133 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize). 3134 ** 3135 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database 3136 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps 3137 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified. 3138 */ 3139 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){ 3140 Pgno nPage; /* Value to return via *pnPage */ 3141 3142 /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize() 3143 ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or 3144 ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not 3145 ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or 3146 ** contains no valid committed transactions. 3147 */ 3148 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3149 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3150 nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal); 3151 3152 /* If the database size was not available from the WAL sub-system, 3153 ** determine it based on the size of the database file. If the size 3154 ** of the database file is not an integer multiple of the page-size, 3155 ** round down to the nearest page. Except, any file larger than 0 3156 ** bytes in size is considered to contain at least one page. 3157 */ 3158 if( nPage==0 ){ 3159 i64 n = 0; /* Size of db file in bytes */ 3160 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3161 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3162 int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n); 3163 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 3164 return rc; 3165 } 3166 } 3167 nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize); 3168 } 3169 3170 /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the 3171 ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so 3172 ** that the file can be read. 3173 */ 3174 if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){ 3175 pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage; 3176 } 3177 3178 *pnPage = nPage; 3179 return SQLITE_OK; 3180 } 3181 3182 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3183 /* 3184 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager 3185 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does 3186 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty. 3187 ** 3188 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager 3189 ** in WAL mode. If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and 3190 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to 3191 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL. 3192 ** 3193 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code. 3194 ** 3195 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this 3196 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete 3197 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition 3198 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some 3199 ** other connection. 3200 */ 3201 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){ 3202 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3203 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 3204 assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK ); 3205 3206 if( !pPager->tempFile ){ 3207 int isWal; /* True if WAL file exists */ 3208 Pgno nPage; /* Size of the database file */ 3209 3210 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 3211 if( rc ) return rc; 3212 if( nPage==0 ){ 3213 rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0); 3214 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 3215 isWal = 0; 3216 }else{ 3217 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 3218 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal 3219 ); 3220 } 3221 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3222 if( isWal ){ 3223 testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 3224 rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0); 3225 }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){ 3226 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE; 3227 } 3228 } 3229 } 3230 return rc; 3231 } 3232 #endif 3233 3234 /* 3235 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback 3236 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when 3237 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction 3238 ** savepoint. 3239 ** 3240 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is 3241 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages, 3242 ** performed in the order specified: 3243 ** 3244 ** * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte 3245 ** offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to 3246 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal 3247 ** file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero. 3248 ** 3249 ** * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played 3250 ** back starting from the journal header immediately following 3251 ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file. 3252 ** 3253 ** * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting 3254 ** with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of 3255 ** the journal file. 3256 ** 3257 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the 3258 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the 3259 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only 3260 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal. 3261 ** 3262 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main 3263 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case. 3264 ** 3265 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable 3266 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint 3267 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value 3268 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped. 3269 */ 3270 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){ 3271 i64 szJ; /* Effective size of the main journal */ 3272 i64 iHdrOff; /* End of first segment of main-journal records */ 3273 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 3274 Bitvec *pDone = 0; /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */ 3275 3276 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 3277 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 3278 3279 /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */ 3280 if( pSavepoint ){ 3281 pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig); 3282 if( !pDone ){ 3283 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3284 } 3285 } 3286 3287 /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint 3288 ** being reverted was opened. 3289 */ 3290 pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize; 3291 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 3292 3293 if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3294 return pagerRollbackWal(pPager); 3295 } 3296 3297 /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback 3298 ** journal. The actual file might be larger than this in 3299 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST. But anything 3300 ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us. 3301 */ 3302 szJ = pPager->journalOff; 3303 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 ); 3304 3305 /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at 3306 ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header. 3307 ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number 3308 ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those 3309 ** will be skipped automatically. Pages are added to pDone as they 3310 ** are played back. 3311 */ 3312 if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3313 iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ; 3314 pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset; 3315 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){ 3316 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3317 } 3318 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3319 }else{ 3320 pPager->journalOff = 0; 3321 } 3322 3323 /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at 3324 ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end 3325 ** of the main journal file. Continue to skip out-of-range pages and 3326 ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone. 3327 */ 3328 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){ 3329 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3330 u32 nJRec = 0; /* Number of Journal Records */ 3331 u32 dummy; 3332 rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy); 3333 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3334 3335 /* 3336 ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff" 3337 ** test is related to ticket #2565. See the discussion in the 3338 ** pager_playback() function for additional information. 3339 */ 3340 if( nJRec==0 3341 && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff 3342 ){ 3343 nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)); 3344 } 3345 for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){ 3346 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1); 3347 } 3348 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3349 } 3350 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ ); 3351 3352 /* Finally, rollback pages from the sub-journal. Page that were 3353 ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone) 3354 ** will be skipped. Out-of-range pages are also skipped. 3355 */ 3356 if( pSavepoint ){ 3357 u32 ii; /* Loop counter */ 3358 i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 3359 3360 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 3361 rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData); 3362 } 3363 for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){ 3364 assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) ); 3365 rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1); 3366 } 3367 assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE ); 3368 } 3369 3370 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone); 3371 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3372 pPager->journalOff = szJ; 3373 } 3374 3375 return rc; 3376 } 3377 3378 /* 3379 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed. 3380 */ 3381 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3382 sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage); 3383 } 3384 3385 /* 3386 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap. 3387 */ 3388 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){ 3389 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 3390 sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd; 3391 if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){ 3392 sqlite3_int64 sz; 3393 sz = pPager->szMmap; 3394 pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0); 3395 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz); 3396 } 3397 #endif 3398 } 3399 3400 /* 3401 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file. 3402 */ 3403 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){ 3404 pPager->szMmap = szMmap; 3405 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3406 } 3407 3408 /* 3409 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager. 3410 */ 3411 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){ 3412 sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache); 3413 } 3414 3415 /* 3416 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter. 3417 ** 3418 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness 3419 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by 3420 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals. 3421 ** There are three levels: 3422 ** 3423 ** OFF sqlite3OsSync() is never called. This is the default 3424 ** for temporary and transient files. 3425 ** 3426 ** NORMAL The journal is synced once before writes begin on the 3427 ** database. This is normally adequate protection, but 3428 ** it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely, 3429 ** that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal 3430 ** in a state which would cause damage to the database 3431 ** when it is rolled back. 3432 ** 3433 ** FULL The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the 3434 ** database (with some additional information - the nRec field 3435 ** of the journal header - being written in between the two 3436 ** syncs). If we assume that writing a 3437 ** single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides 3438 ** assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the 3439 ** point of causing damage to the database during rollback. 3440 ** 3441 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode. For WAL mode, OFF continues 3442 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur. NORMAL means that the WAL is synced 3443 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced 3444 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL 3445 ** was written back into the database. But no sync operations occur for 3446 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL. FULL means that the WAL 3447 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the 3448 ** syncs associated with NORMAL. 3449 ** 3450 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL. The 3451 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync 3452 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC). SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an 3453 ** ordinary fsync() call. There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL 3454 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX. But the 3455 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when 3456 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms. 3457 ** 3458 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2, 3459 ** and FULL=3. 3460 */ 3461 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS 3462 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags( 3463 Pager *pPager, /* The pager to set safety level for */ 3464 unsigned pgFlags /* Various flags */ 3465 ){ 3466 unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK; 3467 assert( level>=1 && level<=3 ); 3468 pPager->noSync = (level==1 || pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3469 pPager->fullSync = (level==3 && !pPager->tempFile) ?1:0; 3470 if( pPager->noSync ){ 3471 pPager->syncFlags = 0; 3472 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0; 3473 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){ 3474 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3475 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3476 }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){ 3477 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3478 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL; 3479 }else{ 3480 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3481 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 3482 } 3483 pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags; 3484 if( pPager->fullSync ){ 3485 pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 3486 } 3487 if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){ 3488 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3489 }else{ 3490 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF; 3491 } 3492 } 3493 #endif 3494 3495 /* 3496 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library 3497 ** attempts to open a temporary file. This information is used for 3498 ** testing and analysis only. 3499 */ 3500 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3501 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0; 3502 #endif 3503 3504 /* 3505 ** Open a temporary file. 3506 ** 3507 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success 3508 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically 3509 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed. 3510 ** 3511 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified 3512 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following: 3513 ** 3514 ** SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE 3515 ** SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE 3516 ** SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE 3517 ** SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE 3518 */ 3519 static int pagerOpentemp( 3520 Pager *pPager, /* The pager object */ 3521 sqlite3_file *pFile, /* Write the file descriptor here */ 3522 int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to the VFS */ 3523 ){ 3524 int rc; /* Return code */ 3525 3526 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3527 sqlite3_opentemp_count++; /* Used for testing and analysis only */ 3528 #endif 3529 3530 vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | 3531 SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE; 3532 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0); 3533 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) ); 3534 return rc; 3535 } 3536 3537 /* 3538 ** Set the busy handler function. 3539 ** 3540 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns 3541 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock, 3542 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE 3543 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from 3544 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE 3545 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary: 3546 ** 3547 ** Transition | Invokes xBusyHandler 3548 ** -------------------------------------------------------- 3549 ** NO_LOCK -> SHARED_LOCK | Yes 3550 ** SHARED_LOCK -> RESERVED_LOCK | No 3551 ** SHARED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | No 3552 ** RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK | Yes 3553 ** 3554 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is 3555 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is 3556 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function. 3557 */ 3558 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler( 3559 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3560 int (*xBusyHandler)(void *), /* Pointer to busy-handler function */ 3561 void *pBusyHandlerArg /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */ 3562 ){ 3563 pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler; 3564 pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg; 3565 3566 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3567 void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler; 3568 assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler ); 3569 assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg ); 3570 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap); 3571 } 3572 } 3573 3574 /* 3575 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size 3576 ** is passed in *pPageSize. 3577 ** 3578 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it 3579 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e. 3580 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL). 3581 ** 3582 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true: 3583 ** 3584 ** * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power 3585 ** of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and 3586 ** 3587 ** * there are no outstanding page references, and 3588 ** 3589 ** * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is 3590 ** an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages. 3591 ** 3592 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize. 3593 ** 3594 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc() 3595 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt 3596 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged. 3597 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned. 3598 ** 3599 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated 3600 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this 3601 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed, 3602 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning. 3603 */ 3604 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){ 3605 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3606 3607 /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this 3608 ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state 3609 ** of the Pager object is internally consistent. 3610 ** 3611 ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in 3612 ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that 3613 ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function 3614 ** is a no-op for that case anyhow. 3615 */ 3616 3617 u32 pageSize = *pPageSize; 3618 assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) ); 3619 if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0) 3620 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 3621 && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize 3622 ){ 3623 char *pNew = NULL; /* New temp space */ 3624 i64 nByte = 0; 3625 3626 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3627 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte); 3628 } 3629 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3630 pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize); 3631 if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM; 3632 } 3633 3634 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3635 pager_reset(pPager); 3636 pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize); 3637 pPager->pageSize = pageSize; 3638 sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace); 3639 pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew; 3640 sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize); 3641 } 3642 } 3643 3644 *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize; 3645 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3646 if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve; 3647 assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 ); 3648 pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve; 3649 pagerReportSize(pPager); 3650 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 3651 } 3652 return rc; 3653 } 3654 3655 /* 3656 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally 3657 ** by the pager. This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the 3658 ** entire content of a database page. This buffer is used internally 3659 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback 3660 ** occurs. But other modules are free to use it too, as long as 3661 ** no rollbacks are happening. 3662 */ 3663 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){ 3664 return pPager->pTmpSpace; 3665 } 3666 3667 /* 3668 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive. 3669 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative. And never reduce the 3670 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database. 3671 ** 3672 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count. 3673 */ 3674 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){ 3675 if( mxPage>0 ){ 3676 pPager->mxPgno = mxPage; 3677 } 3678 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ); /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */ 3679 assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */ 3680 return pPager->mxPgno; 3681 } 3682 3683 /* 3684 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated 3685 ** I/O error mechanism. These routines are used to avoid simulated 3686 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors. 3687 ** 3688 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops 3689 ** and generate no code. 3690 */ 3691 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 3692 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3693 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit; 3694 static int saved_cnt; 3695 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3696 saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending; 3697 sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1; 3698 } 3699 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){ 3700 sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt; 3701 } 3702 #else 3703 # define disable_simulated_io_errors() 3704 # define enable_simulated_io_errors() 3705 #endif 3706 3707 /* 3708 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory 3709 ** that pDest points to. 3710 ** 3711 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or 3712 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is 3713 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this 3714 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or 3715 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes. 3716 ** 3717 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered, 3718 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the 3719 ** output buffer undefined. 3720 */ 3721 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){ 3722 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3723 memset(pDest, 0, N); 3724 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile ); 3725 3726 /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating 3727 ** the Pager object. There has not been an opportunity to transition 3728 ** to WAL mode yet. 3729 */ 3730 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 3731 3732 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 3733 IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N)) 3734 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0); 3735 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 3736 rc = SQLITE_OK; 3737 } 3738 } 3739 return rc; 3740 } 3741 3742 /* 3743 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on 3744 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database. 3745 ** 3746 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then 3747 ** this is considered a 1 page file. 3748 */ 3749 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){ 3750 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 3751 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ); 3752 *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize; 3753 } 3754 3755 3756 /* 3757 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If 3758 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op 3759 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately). 3760 ** 3761 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke 3762 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat 3763 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to 3764 ** obtain the lock succeeds. 3765 ** 3766 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain 3767 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state 3768 ** variable to locktype before returning. 3769 */ 3770 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){ 3771 int rc; /* Return code */ 3772 3773 /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is 3774 ** already held, or one of the transistions that the busy-handler 3775 ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above 3776 ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(). 3777 */ 3778 assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype) 3779 || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK) 3780 || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) 3781 ); 3782 3783 do { 3784 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype); 3785 }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) ); 3786 return rc; 3787 } 3788 3789 /* 3790 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the 3791 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache: 3792 ** 3793 ** a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the 3794 ** current database image, in pages, OR 3795 ** 3796 ** b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not 3797 ** be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal 3798 ** (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()). 3799 ** 3800 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the 3801 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress() 3802 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to 3803 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after 3804 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current 3805 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either 3806 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and 3807 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the 3808 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that 3809 ** this circumstance cannot arise. 3810 */ 3811 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) 3812 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){ 3813 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 3814 assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize ); 3815 } 3816 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){ 3817 sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb); 3818 } 3819 #else 3820 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) 3821 #endif 3822 3823 /* 3824 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This 3825 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It 3826 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the 3827 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed. 3828 ** 3829 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction. 3830 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be 3831 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and 3832 ** then continue writing to the database. 3833 */ 3834 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){ 3835 assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage ); 3836 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 3837 pPager->dbSize = nPage; 3838 3839 /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to 3840 ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are, 3841 ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint 3842 ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled 3843 ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only 3844 ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the 3845 ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0), 3846 ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call 3847 ** is no longer correct. */ 3848 } 3849 3850 3851 /* 3852 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It 3853 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the 3854 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows 3855 ** that the entire journal file has been synced. 3856 ** 3857 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures 3858 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that 3859 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal 3860 ** content as this process. 3861 ** 3862 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise, 3863 ** an SQLite error code. 3864 */ 3865 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){ 3866 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 3867 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 3868 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL); 3869 } 3870 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 3871 rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr); 3872 } 3873 return rc; 3874 } 3875 3876 /* 3877 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno. 3878 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch(). 3879 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference 3880 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set 3881 ** *ppPage to zero. 3882 ** 3883 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released 3884 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage(). 3885 */ 3886 static int pagerAcquireMapPage( 3887 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 3888 Pgno pgno, /* Page number */ 3889 void *pData, /* xFetch()'d data for this page */ 3890 PgHdr **ppPage /* OUT: Acquired page object */ 3891 ){ 3892 PgHdr *p; /* Memory mapped page to return */ 3893 3894 if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){ 3895 *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3896 pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty; 3897 p->pDirty = 0; 3898 memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra); 3899 }else{ 3900 *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra); 3901 if( p==0 ){ 3902 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData); 3903 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 3904 } 3905 p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1]; 3906 p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP; 3907 p->nRef = 1; 3908 p->pPager = pPager; 3909 } 3910 3911 assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] ); 3912 assert( p->pPage==0 ); 3913 assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP ); 3914 assert( p->pPager==pPager ); 3915 assert( p->nRef==1 ); 3916 3917 p->pgno = pgno; 3918 p->pData = pData; 3919 pPager->nMmapOut++; 3920 3921 return SQLITE_OK; 3922 } 3923 3924 /* 3925 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an 3926 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage(). 3927 */ 3928 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 3929 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 3930 pPager->nMmapOut--; 3931 pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist; 3932 pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg; 3933 3934 assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ); 3935 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData); 3936 } 3937 3938 /* 3939 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list. 3940 */ 3941 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){ 3942 PgHdr *p; 3943 PgHdr *pNext; 3944 for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){ 3945 pNext = p->pDirty; 3946 sqlite3_free(p); 3947 } 3948 } 3949 3950 3951 /* 3952 ** Shutdown the page cache. Free all memory and close all files. 3953 ** 3954 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that 3955 ** transaction is rolled back. All outstanding pages are invalidated 3956 ** and their memory is freed. Any attempt to use a page associated 3957 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely 3958 ** result in a coredump. 3959 ** 3960 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt 3961 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback 3962 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned 3963 ** to the caller. 3964 */ 3965 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){ 3966 u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace; 3967 3968 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 3969 disable_simulated_io_errors(); 3970 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 3971 pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager); 3972 /* pPager->errCode = 0; */ 3973 pPager->exclusiveMode = 0; 3974 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 3975 sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp); 3976 pPager->pWal = 0; 3977 #endif 3978 pager_reset(pPager); 3979 if( MEMDB ){ 3980 pager_unlock(pPager); 3981 }else{ 3982 /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback. 3983 ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal 3984 ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs 3985 ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt. 3986 ** 3987 ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager 3988 ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the 3989 ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it 3990 ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal 3991 ** rollback before accessing the database file. 3992 */ 3993 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 3994 pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager)); 3995 } 3996 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 3997 } 3998 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 3999 enable_simulated_io_errors(); 4000 PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4001 IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager)) 4002 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4003 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4004 sqlite3PageFree(pTmp); 4005 sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache); 4006 4007 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 4008 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 4009 #endif 4010 4011 assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal ); 4012 assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ); 4013 4014 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4015 return SQLITE_OK; 4016 } 4017 4018 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST) 4019 /* 4020 ** Return the page number for page pPg. 4021 */ 4022 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){ 4023 return pPg->pgno; 4024 } 4025 #endif 4026 4027 /* 4028 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg. 4029 */ 4030 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){ 4031 sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg); 4032 } 4033 4034 /* 4035 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have 4036 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the 4037 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback. 4038 ** 4039 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op. 4040 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the 4041 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows: 4042 ** 4043 ** * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need 4044 ** be taken. 4045 ** 4046 ** * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property, 4047 ** then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header 4048 ** is updated to contain the number of journal records that have 4049 ** been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync 4050 ** mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated. 4051 ** 4052 ** * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then 4053 ** journal file is synced. 4054 ** 4055 ** Or, in pseudo-code: 4056 ** 4057 ** if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){ 4058 ** if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){ 4059 ** if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>); 4060 ** <update nRec field> 4061 ** } 4062 ** if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>); 4063 ** } 4064 ** 4065 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every 4066 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO 4067 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller. 4068 */ 4069 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){ 4070 int rc; /* Return code */ 4071 4072 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4073 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 4074 ); 4075 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4076 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4077 4078 rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 4079 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4080 4081 if( !pPager->noSync ){ 4082 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 4083 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 4084 const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4085 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 4086 4087 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4088 /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection 4089 ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal 4090 ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger 4091 ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal 4092 ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the 4093 ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure 4094 ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes 4095 ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its 4096 ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the 4097 ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all 4098 ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old, 4099 ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption. 4100 ** 4101 ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain 4102 ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00 4103 ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized. 4104 ** 4105 ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this 4106 ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used 4107 ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of 4108 ** the potential journal header. 4109 */ 4110 i64 iNextHdrOffset; 4111 u8 aMagic[8]; 4112 u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4]; 4113 4114 memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic)); 4115 put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec); 4116 4117 iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager); 4118 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset); 4119 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){ 4120 static const u8 zerobyte = 0; 4121 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset); 4122 } 4123 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4124 return rc; 4125 } 4126 4127 /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in 4128 ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that 4129 ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark 4130 ** it as a candidate for rollback. 4131 ** 4132 ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the 4133 ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible 4134 ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field 4135 ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written 4136 ** and never needs to be updated. 4137 */ 4138 if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4139 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4140 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4141 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags); 4142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4143 } 4144 IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr)); 4145 rc = sqlite3OsWrite( 4146 pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr 4147 ); 4148 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4149 } 4150 if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){ 4151 PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 4152 IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 4153 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags| 4154 (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0) 4155 ); 4156 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4157 } 4158 4159 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4160 if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){ 4161 pPager->nRec = 0; 4162 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 4163 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 4164 } 4165 }else{ 4166 pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff; 4167 } 4168 } 4169 4170 /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just 4171 ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on 4172 ** all pages. 4173 */ 4174 sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache); 4175 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD; 4176 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4177 return SQLITE_OK; 4178 } 4179 4180 /* 4181 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected 4182 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the 4183 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may 4184 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is 4185 ** a no-op. 4186 ** 4187 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function 4188 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock 4189 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained, 4190 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file. 4191 ** 4192 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file 4193 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is 4194 ** written out. 4195 ** 4196 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened, 4197 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing 4198 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria: 4199 ** 4200 ** * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or 4201 ** * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page. 4202 ** 4203 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize 4204 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached 4205 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in 4206 ** the database file. 4207 ** 4208 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4209 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot 4210 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned. 4211 */ 4212 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){ 4213 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4214 4215 /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */ 4216 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4217 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 4218 assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 4219 4220 /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It 4221 ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch 4222 ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files. 4223 */ 4224 if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 4225 assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK ); 4226 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags); 4227 } 4228 4229 /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final 4230 ** file size will be. 4231 */ 4232 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4233 if( rc==SQLITE_OK 4234 && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize 4235 && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize) 4236 ){ 4237 sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize; 4238 sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile); 4239 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 4240 } 4241 4242 while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){ 4243 Pgno pgno = pList->pgno; 4244 4245 /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater 4246 ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to 4247 ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write 4248 ** any such pages to the file. 4249 ** 4250 ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag 4251 ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()). 4252 */ 4253 if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){ 4254 i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize; /* Offset to write */ 4255 char *pData; /* Data to write */ 4256 4257 assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4258 if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList); 4259 4260 /* Encode the database */ 4261 CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData); 4262 4263 /* Write out the page data. */ 4264 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset); 4265 4266 /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match 4267 ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this 4268 ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize. 4269 */ 4270 if( pgno==1 ){ 4271 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 4272 } 4273 if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 4274 pPager->dbFileSize = pgno; 4275 } 4276 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 4277 4278 /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */ 4279 sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData); 4280 4281 PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n", 4282 PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList))); 4283 IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 4284 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count); 4285 }else{ 4286 PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno)); 4287 } 4288 pager_set_pagehash(pList); 4289 pList = pList->pDirty; 4290 } 4291 4292 return rc; 4293 } 4294 4295 /* 4296 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this 4297 ** function is a no-op. 4298 ** 4299 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An 4300 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen() 4301 ** fails. 4302 */ 4303 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){ 4304 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4305 if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 4306 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){ 4307 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->sjfd); 4308 }else{ 4309 rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->sjfd, SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL); 4310 } 4311 } 4312 return rc; 4313 } 4314 4315 /* 4316 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal. 4317 ** It is the callers responsibility to use subjRequiresPage() to check 4318 ** that it is really required before calling this function. 4319 ** 4320 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs 4321 ** for all open savepoints before returning. 4322 ** 4323 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO 4324 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or 4325 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint 4326 ** bitvec. 4327 */ 4328 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){ 4329 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4330 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 4331 if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 4332 4333 /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */ 4334 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4335 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 4336 assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 ); 4337 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) 4338 || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) 4339 || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize 4340 ); 4341 rc = openSubJournal(pPager); 4342 4343 /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open), 4344 ** write the journal record into the file. */ 4345 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4346 void *pData = pPg->pData; 4347 i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize); 4348 char *pData2; 4349 4350 CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 4351 PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4352 rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno); 4353 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4354 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4); 4355 } 4356 } 4357 } 4358 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4359 pPager->nSubRec++; 4360 assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ); 4361 rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 4362 } 4363 return rc; 4364 } 4365 4366 /* 4367 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some 4368 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object 4369 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory 4370 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is 4371 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page 4372 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first 4373 ** argument. 4374 ** 4375 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents 4376 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the 4377 ** journal file. 4378 ** 4379 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and 4380 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the 4381 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be 4382 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK 4383 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called. 4384 */ 4385 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){ 4386 Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p; 4387 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 4388 4389 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 4390 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 4391 4392 /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of 4393 ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed. This occurs 4394 ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple 4395 ** pages belonging to the same sector. 4396 ** 4397 ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling 4398 ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required. This is set during 4399 ** a rollback or by user request, respectively. 4400 ** 4401 ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could 4402 ** lead to database corruption. In the current implementaton it 4403 ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==1 4404 ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to 4405 ** be called in the error state. Nevertheless, we include a NEVER() 4406 ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes. 4407 */ 4408 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK; 4409 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK ); 4410 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF ); 4411 testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC ); 4412 if( pPager->doNotSpill 4413 && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0 4414 || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0) 4415 ){ 4416 return SQLITE_OK; 4417 } 4418 4419 pPg->pDirty = 0; 4420 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 4421 /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */ 4422 if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 4423 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 4424 } 4425 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4426 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0); 4427 } 4428 }else{ 4429 4430 /* Sync the journal file if required. */ 4431 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 4432 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 4433 ){ 4434 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1); 4435 } 4436 4437 /* If the page number of this page is larger than the current size of 4438 ** the database image, it may need to be written to the sub-journal. 4439 ** This is because the call to pager_write_pagelist() below will not 4440 ** actually write data to the file in this case. 4441 ** 4442 ** Consider the following sequence of events: 4443 ** 4444 ** BEGIN; 4445 ** <journal page X> 4446 ** <modify page X> 4447 ** SAVEPOINT sp; 4448 ** <shrink database file to Y pages> 4449 ** pagerStress(page X) 4450 ** ROLLBACK TO sp; 4451 ** 4452 ** If (X>Y), then when pagerStress is called page X will not be written 4453 ** out to the database file, but will be dropped from the cache. Then, 4454 ** following the "ROLLBACK TO sp" statement, reading page X will read 4455 ** data from the database file. This will be the copy of page X as it 4456 ** was when the transaction started, not as it was when "SAVEPOINT sp" 4457 ** was executed. 4458 ** 4459 ** The solution is to write the current data for page X into the 4460 ** sub-journal file now (if it is not already there), so that it will 4461 ** be restored to its current value when the "ROLLBACK TO sp" is 4462 ** executed. 4463 */ 4464 if( NEVER( 4465 rc==SQLITE_OK && pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize && subjRequiresPage(pPg) 4466 ) ){ 4467 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 4468 } 4469 4470 /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */ 4471 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4472 assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 ); 4473 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg); 4474 } 4475 } 4476 4477 /* Mark the page as clean. */ 4478 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4479 PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno)); 4480 sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg); 4481 } 4482 4483 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 4484 } 4485 4486 4487 /* 4488 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it 4489 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it 4490 ** to sqlite3PagerClose(). 4491 ** 4492 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open. 4493 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created 4494 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted 4495 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then 4496 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk. 4497 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database. 4498 ** 4499 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated 4500 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user 4501 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API. 4502 ** 4503 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the 4504 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination 4505 ** of the PAGER_* flags. 4506 ** 4507 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter 4508 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files. 4509 ** 4510 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened 4511 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to 4512 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL 4513 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM 4514 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or 4515 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors. 4516 */ 4517 int sqlite3PagerOpen( 4518 sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The virtual file system to use */ 4519 Pager **ppPager, /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */ 4520 const char *zFilename, /* Name of the database file to open */ 4521 int nExtra, /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */ 4522 int flags, /* flags controlling this file */ 4523 int vfsFlags, /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */ 4524 void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */ 4525 ){ 4526 u8 *pPtr; 4527 Pager *pPager = 0; /* Pager object to allocate and return */ 4528 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4529 int tempFile = 0; /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */ 4530 int memDb = 0; /* True if this is an in-memory file */ 4531 int readOnly = 0; /* True if this is a read-only file */ 4532 int journalFileSize; /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */ 4533 char *zPathname = 0; /* Full path to database file */ 4534 int nPathname = 0; /* Number of bytes in zPathname */ 4535 int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */ 4536 int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize(); /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */ 4537 u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; /* Default page size */ 4538 const char *zUri = 0; /* URI args to copy */ 4539 int nUri = 0; /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */ 4540 4541 /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle 4542 ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal). This 4543 ** is the maximum space required for an in-memory journal file handle 4544 ** and a regular journal file-handle. Note that a "regular journal-handle" 4545 ** may be a wrapper capable of caching the first portion of the journal 4546 ** file in memory to implement the atomic-write optimization (see 4547 ** source file journal.c). 4548 */ 4549 if( sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)>sqlite3MemJournalSize() ){ 4550 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs)); 4551 }else{ 4552 journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3MemJournalSize()); 4553 } 4554 4555 /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */ 4556 *ppPager = 0; 4557 4558 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB 4559 if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){ 4560 memDb = 1; 4561 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4562 zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename); 4563 if( zPathname==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4564 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4565 zFilename = 0; 4566 } 4567 } 4568 #endif 4569 4570 /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed 4571 ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file, 4572 ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0. 4573 */ 4574 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4575 const char *z; 4576 nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1; 4577 zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2); 4578 if( zPathname==0 ){ 4579 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4580 } 4581 zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */ 4582 rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname); 4583 nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname); 4584 z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1]; 4585 while( *z ){ 4586 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4587 z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1; 4588 } 4589 nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri); 4590 assert( nUri>=0 ); 4591 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){ 4592 /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by 4593 ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname 4594 ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened, 4595 ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even 4596 ** check for a hot-journal before reading. 4597 */ 4598 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 4599 } 4600 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4601 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4602 return rc; 4603 } 4604 } 4605 4606 /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the 4607 ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal 4608 ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows: 4609 ** 4610 ** Pager object (sizeof(Pager) bytes) 4611 ** PCache object (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes) 4612 ** Database file handle (pVfs->szOsFile bytes) 4613 ** Sub-journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4614 ** Main journal file handle (journalFileSize bytes) 4615 ** Database file name (nPathname+1 bytes) 4616 ** Journal file name (nPathname+8+1 bytes) 4617 */ 4618 pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero( 4619 ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) + /* Pager structure */ 4620 ROUND8(pcacheSize) + /* PCache object */ 4621 ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) + /* The main db file */ 4622 journalFileSize * 2 + /* The two journal files */ 4623 nPathname + 1 + nUri + /* zFilename */ 4624 nPathname + 8 + 2 /* zJournal */ 4625 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4626 + nPathname + 4 + 2 /* zWal */ 4627 #endif 4628 ); 4629 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) ); 4630 if( !pPtr ){ 4631 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4632 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 4633 } 4634 pPager = (Pager*)(pPtr); 4635 pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager))); 4636 pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize)); 4637 pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile)); 4638 pPager->jfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4639 pPager->zFilename = (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize); 4640 assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) ); 4641 4642 /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */ 4643 if( zPathname ){ 4644 assert( nPathname>0 ); 4645 pPager->zJournal = (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri); 4646 memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname); 4647 if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri); 4648 memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname); 4649 memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2); 4650 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal); 4651 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 4652 pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1]; 4653 memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname); 4654 memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1); 4655 sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal); 4656 #endif 4657 sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname); 4658 } 4659 pPager->pVfs = pVfs; 4660 pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags; 4661 4662 /* Open the pager file. 4663 */ 4664 if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){ 4665 int fout = 0; /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */ 4666 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout); 4667 assert( !memDb ); 4668 readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4669 4670 /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access, 4671 ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the 4672 ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of: 4673 ** 4674 ** + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE, 4675 ** + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize() 4676 ** + The largest page size that can be written atomically. 4677 */ 4678 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !readOnly ){ 4679 setSectorSize(pPager); 4680 assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE); 4681 if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){ 4682 if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){ 4683 szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; 4684 }else{ 4685 szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize; 4686 } 4687 } 4688 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 4689 { 4690 int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd); 4691 int ii; 4692 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8)); 4693 assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8)); 4694 assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536); 4695 for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){ 4696 if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){ 4697 szPageDflt = ii; 4698 } 4699 } 4700 } 4701 #endif 4702 } 4703 }else{ 4704 /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately. 4705 ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually 4706 ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite(). 4707 ** 4708 ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory 4709 ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to 4710 ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal. 4711 */ 4712 tempFile = 1; 4713 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 4714 pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK; 4715 readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY); 4716 } 4717 4718 /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of 4719 ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. 4720 */ 4721 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4722 assert( pPager->memDb==0 ); 4723 rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1); 4724 testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 4725 } 4726 4727 /* If an error occurred in either of the blocks above, free the 4728 ** Pager structure and close the file. 4729 */ 4730 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4731 assert( !pPager->pTmpSpace ); 4732 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd); 4733 sqlite3_free(pPager); 4734 return rc; 4735 } 4736 4737 /* Initialize the PCache object. */ 4738 assert( nExtra<1000 ); 4739 nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra); 4740 sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb, 4741 !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache); 4742 4743 PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename)); 4744 IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename)) 4745 4746 pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal; 4747 /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */ 4748 /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */ 4749 /* pPager->nRef = 0; */ 4750 /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */ 4751 /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */ 4752 /* pPager->nPage = 0; */ 4753 pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT; 4754 /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */ 4755 #if 0 4756 assert( pPager->state == (tempFile ? PAGER_EXCLUSIVE : PAGER_UNLOCK) ); 4757 #endif 4758 /* pPager->errMask = 0; */ 4759 pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile; 4760 assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 4761 || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 4762 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 ); 4763 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile; 4764 pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; 4765 pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb; 4766 pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly; 4767 assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile ); 4768 pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile; 4769 if( pPager->noSync ){ 4770 assert( pPager->fullSync==0 ); 4771 assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 ); 4772 assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 ); 4773 assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 ); 4774 }else{ 4775 pPager->fullSync = 1; 4776 pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4777 pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS; 4778 pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL; 4779 } 4780 /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */ 4781 /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */ 4782 /* pPager->pLast = 0; */ 4783 pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra; 4784 pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT; 4785 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile ); 4786 setSectorSize(pPager); 4787 if( !useJournal ){ 4788 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF; 4789 }else if( memDb ){ 4790 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY; 4791 } 4792 /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */ 4793 /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */ 4794 pPager->xReiniter = xReinit; 4795 /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */ 4796 /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */ 4797 4798 *ppPager = pPager; 4799 return SQLITE_OK; 4800 } 4801 4802 4803 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from 4804 ** under the pager. Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought 4805 ** to be on disk. Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error 4806 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing. 4807 */ 4808 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){ 4809 int bHasMoved = 0; 4810 int rc; 4811 4812 if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK; 4813 if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK; 4814 assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] ); 4815 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved); 4816 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){ 4817 /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file 4818 ** has not been moved. That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to 4819 ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */ 4820 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4821 }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){ 4822 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED; 4823 } 4824 return rc; 4825 } 4826 4827 4828 /* 4829 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to 4830 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in 4831 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that 4832 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal 4833 ** file exists if the following criteria are met: 4834 ** 4835 ** * The journal file exists in the file system, and 4836 ** * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and 4837 ** * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and 4838 ** * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00. 4839 ** 4840 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file 4841 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior 4842 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is 4843 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK 4844 ** is returned. 4845 ** 4846 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename 4847 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file 4848 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this 4849 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback() 4850 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and 4851 ** will not roll it back. 4852 ** 4853 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and 4854 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is 4855 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying 4856 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error 4857 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined. 4858 */ 4859 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){ 4860 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 4861 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4862 int exists = 1; /* True if a journal file is present */ 4863 int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd); 4864 4865 assert( pPager->useJournal ); 4866 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 4867 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 4868 4869 assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) & 4870 SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN 4871 )); 4872 4873 *pExists = 0; 4874 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4875 rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists); 4876 } 4877 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){ 4878 int locked = 0; /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */ 4879 4880 /* Race condition here: Another process might have been holding the 4881 ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess() 4882 ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before 4883 ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call. If that 4884 ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when 4885 ** in fact there is none. This results in a false-positive which will 4886 ** be dealt with by the playback routine. Ticket #3883. 4887 */ 4888 rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked); 4889 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){ 4890 Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in database file */ 4891 4892 /* Check the size of the database file. If it consists of 0 pages, 4893 ** then delete the journal file. See the header comment above for 4894 ** the reasoning here. Delete the obsolete journal file under 4895 ** a RESERVED lock to avoid race conditions and to avoid violating 4896 ** [H33020]. 4897 */ 4898 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 4899 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4900 if( nPage==0 ){ 4901 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 4902 if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){ 4903 sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 4904 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4905 } 4906 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 4907 }else{ 4908 /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved 4909 ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is 4910 ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file. 4911 ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not, 4912 ** it can be ignored. 4913 */ 4914 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4915 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 4916 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f); 4917 } 4918 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 4919 u8 first = 0; 4920 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0); 4921 if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 4922 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4923 } 4924 if( !jrnlOpen ){ 4925 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 4926 } 4927 *pExists = (first!=0); 4928 }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){ 4929 /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if 4930 ** its has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or 4931 ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in 4932 ** ticket #3883. Either way, assume that the journal is hot. 4933 ** This might be a false positive. But if it is, then the 4934 ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal 4935 ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to 4936 ** worry so much with race conditions. 4937 */ 4938 *pExists = 1; 4939 rc = SQLITE_OK; 4940 } 4941 } 4942 } 4943 } 4944 } 4945 4946 return rc; 4947 } 4948 4949 /* 4950 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file. 4951 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerAcquire() until after this function 4952 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when 4953 ** this function is called, it is a no-op. 4954 ** 4955 ** The following operations are also performed by this function. 4956 ** 4957 ** 1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held 4958 ** on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a 4959 ** SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining 4960 ** the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal, 4961 ** which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal 4962 ** rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking 4963 ** the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and 4964 ** discarded if they are found to be invalid. 4965 ** 4966 ** 2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently 4967 ** no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state, 4968 ** then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding 4969 ** the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal 4970 ** file. 4971 ** 4972 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error 4973 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or 4974 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned. 4975 */ 4976 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){ 4977 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 4978 4979 /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no 4980 ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either 4981 ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in 4982 ** exclusive access mode. 4983 */ 4984 assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ); 4985 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 4986 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 4987 if( NEVER(MEMDB && pPager->errCode) ){ return pPager->errCode; } 4988 4989 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){ 4990 int bHotJournal = 1; /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */ 4991 4992 assert( !MEMDB ); 4993 4994 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 4995 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 4996 assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ); 4997 goto failed; 4998 } 4999 5000 /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the 5001 ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted. 5002 */ 5003 if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){ 5004 rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal); 5005 } 5006 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5007 goto failed; 5008 } 5009 if( bHotJournal ){ 5010 if( pPager->readOnly ){ 5011 rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK; 5012 goto failed; 5013 } 5014 5015 /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is 5016 ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the 5017 ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the 5018 ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the 5019 ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the 5020 ** hot-journal back. 5021 ** 5022 ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any 5023 ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to 5024 ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock 5025 ** on the database file. 5026 ** 5027 ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is 5028 ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns. 5029 */ 5030 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5031 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5032 goto failed; 5033 } 5034 5035 /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the 5036 ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because 5037 ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open 5038 ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access 5039 ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist 5040 ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems). 5041 ** 5042 ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some 5043 ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before 5044 ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it 5045 ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this 5046 ** function was called and the journal file does not exist. 5047 */ 5048 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5049 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; 5050 int bExists; /* True if journal file exists */ 5051 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 5052 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists); 5053 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){ 5054 int fout = 0; 5055 int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL; 5056 assert( !pPager->tempFile ); 5057 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout); 5058 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5059 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){ 5060 rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT; 5061 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 5062 } 5063 } 5064 } 5065 5066 /* Playback and delete the journal. Drop the database write 5067 ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before 5068 ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with 5069 ** an inconsistent cache. Sync the hot journal before playing 5070 ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal 5071 ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync 5072 ** the journal before playing it back. 5073 */ 5074 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5075 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5076 rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager); 5077 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5078 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 1); 5079 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 5080 } 5081 }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 5082 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 5083 } 5084 5085 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5086 /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open 5087 ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5088 ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock 5089 ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be 5090 ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for 5091 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation). 5092 ** 5093 ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to 5094 ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition 5095 ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file, 5096 ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very 5097 ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling 5098 ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible 5099 ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page 5100 ** references. 5101 */ 5102 pager_error(pPager, rc); 5103 goto failed; 5104 } 5105 5106 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5107 assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK) 5108 || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK) 5109 ); 5110 } 5111 5112 if( !pPager->tempFile && ( 5113 pPager->pBackup 5114 || sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)>0 5115 || USEFETCH(pPager) 5116 )){ 5117 /* The shared-lock has just been acquired on the database file 5118 ** and there are already pages in the cache (from a previous 5119 ** read or write transaction). Check to see if the database 5120 ** has been modified. If the database has changed, flush the 5121 ** cache. 5122 ** 5123 ** Database changes is detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning 5124 ** at offset 24 into the file. The first 4 of these 16 bytes are 5125 ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change. The 5126 ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when 5127 ** a codec is in use. 5128 ** 5129 ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be 5130 ** detected. The chance of an undetected change is so small that 5131 ** it can be neglected. 5132 */ 5133 Pgno nPage = 0; 5134 char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)]; 5135 5136 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage); 5137 if( rc ) goto failed; 5138 5139 if( nPage>0 ){ 5140 IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers))); 5141 rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24); 5142 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){ 5143 goto failed; 5144 } 5145 }else{ 5146 memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers)); 5147 } 5148 5149 if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){ 5150 pager_reset(pPager); 5151 5152 /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes 5153 ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back 5154 ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock. 5155 ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears 5156 ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this 5157 ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */ 5158 if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){ 5159 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0); 5160 } 5161 } 5162 } 5163 5164 /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL 5165 ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op. 5166 */ 5167 rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager); 5168 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 5169 assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5170 #endif 5171 } 5172 5173 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5174 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5175 rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager); 5176 } 5177 5178 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5179 rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize); 5180 } 5181 5182 failed: 5183 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5184 assert( !MEMDB ); 5185 pager_unlock(pPager); 5186 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ); 5187 }else{ 5188 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 5189 } 5190 return rc; 5191 } 5192 5193 /* 5194 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active 5195 ** transaction and unlock the pager. 5196 ** 5197 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in 5198 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is 5199 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op. 5200 */ 5201 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){ 5202 if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){ 5203 pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager); 5204 } 5205 } 5206 5207 /* 5208 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page 5209 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is 5210 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned. 5211 ** 5212 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned. 5213 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data 5214 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may 5215 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing 5216 ** object with no outstanding references. 5217 ** 5218 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the 5219 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is 5220 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra 5221 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used. 5222 ** 5223 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a 5224 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the 5225 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no 5226 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the 5227 ** page is initialized to all zeros. 5228 ** 5229 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents 5230 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios: 5231 ** 5232 ** a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and 5233 ** 5234 ** b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load 5235 ** a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read 5236 ** from the savepoint journal. 5237 ** 5238 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of 5239 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding 5240 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the 5241 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open 5242 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any 5243 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents 5244 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO. 5245 ** 5246 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons. In all cases, 5247 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL. 5248 ** 5249 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup(). Both this routine and Lookup() attempt 5250 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first. If the page is not already 5251 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup() 5252 ** just returns 0. This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it 5253 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary. 5254 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks 5255 ** or journal files. 5256 */ 5257 int sqlite3PagerAcquire( 5258 Pager *pPager, /* The pager open on the database file */ 5259 Pgno pgno, /* Page number to fetch */ 5260 DbPage **ppPage, /* Write a pointer to the page here */ 5261 int flags /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */ 5262 ){ 5263 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5264 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5265 u32 iFrame = 0; /* Frame to read from WAL file */ 5266 const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT); 5267 5268 /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except 5269 ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY 5270 ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a 5271 ** temporary or in-memory database. */ 5272 const int bMmapOk = (pgno!=1 && USEFETCH(pPager) 5273 && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY)) 5274 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 5275 && pPager->xCodec==0 5276 #endif 5277 ); 5278 5279 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER ); 5280 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5281 assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 ); 5282 5283 if( pgno==0 ){ 5284 return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5285 } 5286 5287 /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately. 5288 ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */ 5289 if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5290 rc = pPager->errCode; 5291 }else{ 5292 5293 if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5294 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5295 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5296 } 5297 5298 if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){ 5299 void *pData = 0; 5300 5301 rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd, 5302 (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData 5303 ); 5304 5305 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){ 5306 if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER ){ 5307 (void)sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); 5308 } 5309 if( pPg==0 ){ 5310 rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg); 5311 }else{ 5312 sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData); 5313 } 5314 if( pPg ){ 5315 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5316 *ppPage = pPg; 5317 return SQLITE_OK; 5318 } 5319 } 5320 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5321 goto pager_acquire_err; 5322 } 5323 } 5324 5325 rc = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 1, ppPage); 5326 } 5327 5328 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5329 /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the 5330 ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called. 5331 ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler. */ 5332 pPg = 0; 5333 goto pager_acquire_err; 5334 } 5335 assert( (*ppPage)->pgno==pgno ); 5336 assert( (*ppPage)->pPager==pPager || (*ppPage)->pPager==0 ); 5337 5338 if( (*ppPage)->pPager && !noContent ){ 5339 /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of 5340 ** the page. Return without further ado. */ 5341 assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5342 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++; 5343 return SQLITE_OK; 5344 5345 }else{ 5346 /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to 5347 ** be initialized. */ 5348 5349 pPg = *ppPage; 5350 pPg->pPager = pPager; 5351 5352 /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page 5353 ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */ 5354 if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5355 rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT; 5356 goto pager_acquire_err; 5357 } 5358 5359 if( MEMDB || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent || !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 5360 if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){ 5361 rc = SQLITE_FULL; 5362 goto pager_acquire_err; 5363 } 5364 if( noContent ){ 5365 /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign. 5366 ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a 5367 ** page that does not need to be journaled. Nevertheless, be sure 5368 ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set 5369 ** a bit in a bit vector. 5370 */ 5371 sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); 5372 if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 5373 TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno); 5374 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5375 } 5376 TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno); 5377 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5378 sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); 5379 } 5380 memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize); 5381 IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno)); 5382 }else{ 5383 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){ 5384 rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame); 5385 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err; 5386 } 5387 assert( pPg->pPager==pPager ); 5388 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++; 5389 rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame); 5390 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5391 goto pager_acquire_err; 5392 } 5393 } 5394 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5395 } 5396 5397 return SQLITE_OK; 5398 5399 pager_acquire_err: 5400 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 5401 if( pPg ){ 5402 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg); 5403 } 5404 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5405 5406 *ppPage = 0; 5407 return rc; 5408 } 5409 5410 /* 5411 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache. Do 5412 ** not read the page from disk. Return a pointer to the page, 5413 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache. 5414 ** 5415 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet(). The difference between this routine 5416 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read 5417 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache. This routine 5418 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error 5419 ** has ever happened. 5420 */ 5421 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){ 5422 PgHdr *pPg = 0; 5423 assert( pPager!=0 ); 5424 assert( pgno!=0 ); 5425 assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 ); 5426 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5427 sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0, &pPg); 5428 return pPg; 5429 } 5430 5431 /* 5432 ** Release a page reference. 5433 ** 5434 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the 5435 ** page is added to the LRU list. When all references to all pages 5436 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is 5437 ** removed. 5438 */ 5439 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){ 5440 Pager *pPager; 5441 assert( pPg!=0 ); 5442 pPager = pPg->pPager; 5443 if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){ 5444 pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg); 5445 }else{ 5446 sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg); 5447 } 5448 pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager); 5449 } 5450 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){ 5451 if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg); 5452 } 5453 5454 /* 5455 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction. 5456 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database 5457 ** file when this routine is called. 5458 ** 5459 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header 5460 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal 5461 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being 5462 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used 5463 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back. 5464 ** 5465 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode), 5466 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the 5467 ** already open file. 5468 ** 5469 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the 5470 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated. 5471 ** 5472 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return 5473 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or 5474 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails. 5475 */ 5476 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){ 5477 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 5478 sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs; /* Local cache of vfs pointer */ 5479 5480 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5481 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5482 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5483 5484 /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op. But on 5485 ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in 5486 ** an error state. */ 5487 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 5488 5489 if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 5490 pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 5491 if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){ 5492 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 5493 } 5494 5495 /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */ 5496 if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5497 if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){ 5498 sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd); 5499 }else{ 5500 const int flags = /* VFS flags to open journal file */ 5501 SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE| 5502 (pPager->tempFile ? 5503 (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL): 5504 (SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL) 5505 ); 5506 5507 /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when 5508 ** it was originally opened. */ 5509 rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager); 5510 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5511 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5512 rc = sqlite3JournalOpen( 5513 pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 5514 ); 5515 #else 5516 rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, 0); 5517 #endif 5518 } 5519 } 5520 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ); 5521 } 5522 5523 5524 /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open 5525 ** the sub-journal if necessary. 5526 */ 5527 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5528 /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */ 5529 pPager->nRec = 0; 5530 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5531 pPager->setMaster = 0; 5532 pPager->journalHdr = 0; 5533 rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager); 5534 } 5535 } 5536 5537 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5538 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal); 5539 pPager->pInJournal = 0; 5540 }else{ 5541 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5542 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD; 5543 } 5544 5545 return rc; 5546 } 5547 5548 /* 5549 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a 5550 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op. 5551 ** 5552 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED 5553 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least 5554 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking 5555 ** functions need be called. 5556 ** 5557 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened 5558 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This 5559 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when 5560 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a 5561 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required 5562 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database, 5563 ** or using a temporary file otherwise. 5564 */ 5565 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){ 5566 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5567 5568 if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode; 5569 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR ); 5570 pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory; 5571 5572 if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){ 5573 assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 ); 5574 5575 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5576 /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an 5577 ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now. 5578 */ 5579 if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){ 5580 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5581 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5582 return rc; 5583 } 5584 sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1); 5585 } 5586 5587 /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to 5588 ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller. 5589 ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already 5590 ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it. 5591 */ 5592 rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal); 5593 }else{ 5594 /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter 5595 ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The 5596 ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE 5597 ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock. 5598 */ 5599 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 5600 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){ 5601 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 5602 } 5603 } 5604 5605 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5606 /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state. 5607 ** 5608 ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD 5609 ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED. 5610 ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint 5611 ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database 5612 ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in 5613 ** WAL mode. 5614 */ 5615 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED; 5616 pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize; 5617 pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize; 5618 pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize; 5619 pPager->journalOff = 0; 5620 } 5621 5622 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 5623 assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5624 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5625 } 5626 5627 PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 5628 return rc; 5629 } 5630 5631 /* 5632 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the 5633 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into 5634 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the 5635 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs 5636 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate. 5637 */ 5638 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){ 5639 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5640 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5641 int inJournal; 5642 5643 /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already 5644 ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point. 5645 ** It is never called in the ERROR state. 5646 */ 5647 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 5648 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5649 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5650 ); 5651 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5652 assert( pPager->errCode==0 ); 5653 assert( pPager->readOnly==0 ); 5654 5655 CHECK_PAGE(pPg); 5656 5657 /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already 5658 ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the 5659 ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case. 5660 ** 5661 ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page. 5662 ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then 5663 ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state 5664 ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache. 5665 */ 5666 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 5667 rc = pager_open_journal(pPager); 5668 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5669 } 5670 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ); 5671 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5672 5673 /* Mark the page as dirty. If the page has already been written 5674 ** to the journal then we can return right away. 5675 */ 5676 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 5677 inJournal = pageInJournal(pPager, pPg); 5678 if( inJournal && (pPager->nSavepoint==0 || !subjRequiresPage(pPg)) ){ 5679 assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ); 5680 }else{ 5681 5682 /* The transaction journal now exists and we have a RESERVED or an 5683 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the main database file. Write the current page to 5684 ** the transaction journal if it is not there already. 5685 */ 5686 if( !inJournal && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 5687 assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 ); 5688 if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize && isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 5689 u32 cksum; 5690 char *pData2; 5691 i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff; 5692 5693 /* We should never write to the journal file the page that 5694 ** contains the database locks. The following assert verifies 5695 ** that we do not. */ 5696 assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ); 5697 5698 assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff ); 5699 CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM, pData2); 5700 cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2); 5701 5702 /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the 5703 ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page. 5704 ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in 5705 ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored 5706 ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so, 5707 ** then corruption may follow. 5708 */ 5709 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5710 5711 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno); 5712 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5713 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4); 5714 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5715 rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum); 5716 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc; 5717 5718 IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, 5719 pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize)); 5720 PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count); 5721 PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n", 5722 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5723 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg))); 5724 5725 pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize; 5726 pPager->nRec++; 5727 assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 ); 5728 rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno); 5729 testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5730 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5731 rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno); 5732 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 5733 assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ); 5734 return rc; 5735 } 5736 }else{ 5737 if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){ 5738 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5739 } 5740 PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n", 5741 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, 5742 ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0))); 5743 } 5744 } 5745 5746 /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it, 5747 ** then write the current page to the statement journal. Note that 5748 ** the statement journal format differs from the standard journal format 5749 ** in that it omits the checksums and the header. 5750 */ 5751 if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){ 5752 rc = subjournalPage(pPg); 5753 } 5754 } 5755 5756 /* Update the database size and return. 5757 */ 5758 if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){ 5759 pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno; 5760 } 5761 return rc; 5762 } 5763 5764 /* 5765 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before 5766 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value 5767 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless 5768 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK. 5769 ** 5770 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this 5771 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages 5772 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages 5773 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning. 5774 ** 5775 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned 5776 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 5777 */ 5778 int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage *pDbPage){ 5779 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5780 5781 PgHdr *pPg = pDbPage; 5782 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5783 5784 assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); 5785 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 5786 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 5787 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5788 5789 if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){ 5790 Pgno nPageCount; /* Total number of pages in database file */ 5791 Pgno pg1; /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */ 5792 int nPage = 0; /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */ 5793 int ii; /* Loop counter */ 5794 int needSync = 0; /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */ 5795 Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize); 5796 5797 /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow 5798 ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by 5799 ** this function. 5800 */ 5801 assert( !MEMDB ); 5802 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 ); 5803 pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5804 5805 /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are 5806 ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier 5807 ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on. 5808 */ 5809 pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1; 5810 5811 nPageCount = pPager->dbSize; 5812 if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){ 5813 nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1; 5814 }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){ 5815 nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1; 5816 }else{ 5817 nPage = nPagePerSector; 5818 } 5819 assert(nPage>0); 5820 assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno); 5821 assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno); 5822 5823 for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){ 5824 Pgno pg = pg1+ii; 5825 PgHdr *pPage; 5826 if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){ 5827 if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){ 5828 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage); 5829 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5830 rc = pager_write(pPage); 5831 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5832 needSync = 1; 5833 } 5834 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5835 } 5836 } 5837 }else if( (pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){ 5838 if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){ 5839 needSync = 1; 5840 } 5841 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5842 } 5843 } 5844 5845 /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages 5846 ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because 5847 ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the 5848 ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them 5849 ** before any of them can be written out to the database file. 5850 */ 5851 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){ 5852 assert( !MEMDB ); 5853 for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){ 5854 PgHdr *pPage = pager_lookup(pPager, pg1+ii); 5855 if( pPage ){ 5856 pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 5857 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage); 5858 } 5859 } 5860 } 5861 5862 assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 ); 5863 pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC; 5864 }else{ 5865 rc = pager_write(pDbPage); 5866 } 5867 return rc; 5868 } 5869 5870 /* 5871 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed 5872 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite(). In other words, return TRUE if it is ok 5873 ** to change the content of the page. 5874 */ 5875 #ifndef NDEBUG 5876 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){ 5877 return pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY; 5878 } 5879 #endif 5880 5881 /* 5882 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to 5883 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though 5884 ** that page might be marked as dirty. This happens, for example, when 5885 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its 5886 ** content no longer matters. 5887 ** 5888 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data 5889 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so 5890 ** that it does not get written to disk. 5891 ** 5892 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large 5893 ** DELETE operations. 5894 */ 5895 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){ 5896 Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; 5897 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){ 5898 PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager))); 5899 IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno)) 5900 pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE; 5901 pager_set_pagehash(pPg); 5902 } 5903 } 5904 5905 /* 5906 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file 5907 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at 5908 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file. The secondary change counter at 5909 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96. 5910 ** 5911 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false. 5912 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once. 5913 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an 5914 ** unconditional update of the change counters. 5915 ** 5916 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling 5917 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the 5918 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current 5919 ** transaction is committed. 5920 ** 5921 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled 5922 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case, 5923 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly 5924 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the 5925 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function. 5926 */ 5927 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){ 5928 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 5929 5930 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 5931 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 5932 ); 5933 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 5934 5935 /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the 5936 ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect 5937 ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter 5938 ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero. 5939 ** 5940 ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not 5941 ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of 5942 ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the 5943 ** "if( isDirect )" condition. 5944 */ 5945 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 5946 # define DIRECT_MODE 0 5947 assert( isDirectMode==0 ); 5948 UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode); 5949 #else 5950 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode 5951 #endif 5952 5953 if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){ 5954 PgHdr *pPgHdr; /* Reference to page 1 */ 5955 5956 assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) ); 5957 5958 /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */ 5959 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr); 5960 assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK ); 5961 5962 /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not 5963 ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable. When not in 5964 ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet() 5965 ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK. 5966 */ 5967 if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){ 5968 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr); 5969 } 5970 5971 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5972 /* Actually do the update of the change counter */ 5973 pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr); 5974 5975 /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */ 5976 if( DIRECT_MODE ){ 5977 const void *zBuf; 5978 assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 ); 5979 CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM, zBuf); 5980 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5981 rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0); 5982 pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++; 5983 } 5984 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 5985 /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the 5986 ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be 5987 ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match). */ 5988 const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24]; 5989 memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)); 5990 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 5991 } 5992 }else{ 5993 pPager->changeCountDone = 1; 5994 } 5995 } 5996 5997 /* Release the page reference. */ 5998 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr); 5999 } 6000 return rc; 6001 } 6002 6003 /* 6004 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases 6005 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set. 6006 ** 6007 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this 6008 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned. 6009 */ 6010 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){ 6011 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6012 6013 if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){ 6014 void *pArg = (void*)zMaster; 6015 rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg); 6016 if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK; 6017 } 6018 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){ 6019 assert( !MEMDB ); 6020 rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags); 6021 } 6022 return rc; 6023 } 6024 6025 /* 6026 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in 6027 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op. 6028 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on 6029 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one. 6030 ** 6031 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is 6032 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6033 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is 6034 ** returned. 6035 */ 6036 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 6037 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6038 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6039 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6040 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6041 ); 6042 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6043 if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6044 rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 6045 } 6046 return rc; 6047 } 6048 6049 /* 6050 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name 6051 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual 6052 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master 6053 ** journal (a single database transaction). 6054 ** 6055 ** This routine ensures that: 6056 ** 6057 ** * The database file change-counter is updated, 6058 ** * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used), 6059 ** * all dirty pages are written to the database file, 6060 ** * the database file is truncated (if required), and 6061 ** * the database file synced. 6062 ** 6063 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize 6064 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or 6065 ** delete the master journal file if specified). 6066 ** 6067 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value 6068 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call. 6069 ** 6070 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself 6071 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to 6072 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the 6073 ** journal file in this case. 6074 */ 6075 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne( 6076 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 6077 const char *zMaster, /* If not NULL, the master journal name */ 6078 int noSync /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */ 6079 ){ 6080 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6081 6082 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6083 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6084 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6085 || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR 6086 ); 6087 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6088 6089 /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */ 6090 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6091 6092 PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n", 6093 pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize)); 6094 6095 /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */ 6096 if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK; 6097 6098 if( MEMDB ){ 6099 /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this 6100 ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op. However, any 6101 ** backup in progress needs to be restarted. 6102 */ 6103 sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup); 6104 }else{ 6105 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6106 PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache); 6107 PgHdr *pPageOne = 0; 6108 if( pList==0 ){ 6109 /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag. 6110 ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */ 6111 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne); 6112 pList = pPageOne; 6113 pList->pDirty = 0; 6114 } 6115 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6116 if( ALWAYS(pList) ){ 6117 rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1); 6118 } 6119 sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne); 6120 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6121 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6122 } 6123 }else{ 6124 /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it 6125 ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization 6126 ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the 6127 ** runtime criteria to use the operation: 6128 ** 6129 ** * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for 6130 ** blocks of size page-size, and 6131 ** * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and 6132 ** * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file. 6133 ** 6134 ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the 6135 ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change 6136 ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but 6137 ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate() 6138 ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call 6139 ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect 6140 ** mode. 6141 ** 6142 ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable, 6143 ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter 6144 ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be 6145 ** created for this transaction. 6146 */ 6147 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE 6148 PgHdr *pPg; 6149 assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6150 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6151 || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6152 ); 6153 if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd) 6154 && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager) 6155 && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize 6156 && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty) 6157 ){ 6158 /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The 6159 ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1 6160 ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1 6161 ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write 6162 ** property of the host file-system, this is safe. 6163 */ 6164 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1); 6165 }else{ 6166 rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd); 6167 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6168 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6169 } 6170 } 6171 #else 6172 rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0); 6173 #endif 6174 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6175 6176 /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master 6177 ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file, 6178 ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op. 6179 */ 6180 rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster); 6181 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6182 6183 /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database. 6184 ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not 6185 ** create the journal file or perform any real IO. 6186 ** 6187 ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the 6188 ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the 6189 ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive 6190 ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is 6191 ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant 6192 ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow. 6193 */ 6194 rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0); 6195 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6196 6197 rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)); 6198 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6199 assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED ); 6200 goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6201 } 6202 sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache); 6203 6204 /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use 6205 ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database 6206 ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the 6207 ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the 6208 ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file 6209 ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case. */ 6210 if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){ 6211 Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager)); 6212 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ); 6213 rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew); 6214 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit; 6215 } 6216 6217 /* Finally, sync the database file. */ 6218 if( !noSync ){ 6219 rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster); 6220 } 6221 IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager)) 6222 } 6223 } 6224 6225 commit_phase_one_exit: 6226 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6227 pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED; 6228 } 6229 return rc; 6230 } 6231 6232 6233 /* 6234 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely 6235 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and 6236 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system 6237 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually 6238 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back. 6239 ** 6240 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting, 6241 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used 6242 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is 6243 ** irrevocably committed. 6244 ** 6245 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager 6246 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6247 */ 6248 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){ 6249 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6250 6251 /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred. 6252 ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get 6253 ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */ 6254 if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode; 6255 6256 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6257 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED 6258 || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD) 6259 ); 6260 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6261 6262 /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during 6263 ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is 6264 ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op. 6265 ** 6266 ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal 6267 ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as 6268 ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made 6269 ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal 6270 ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need 6271 ** to drop any locks either. 6272 */ 6273 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED 6274 && pPager->exclusiveMode 6275 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6276 ){ 6277 assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff ); 6278 pPager->eState = PAGER_READER; 6279 return SQLITE_OK; 6280 } 6281 6282 PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6283 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1); 6284 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6285 } 6286 6287 /* 6288 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the 6289 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed. 6290 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR 6291 ** state if an error occurs. 6292 ** 6293 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called, 6294 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case. 6295 ** 6296 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions: 6297 ** 6298 ** 1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and 6299 ** in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction 6300 ** was opened, and 6301 ** 6302 ** 2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot 6303 ** rollback at any point in the future. 6304 ** 6305 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the 6306 ** rollback is successful. 6307 ** 6308 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the 6309 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to 6310 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or 6311 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed. 6312 */ 6313 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){ 6314 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6315 PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager))); 6316 6317 /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If 6318 ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not 6319 ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller. 6320 */ 6321 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6322 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode; 6323 if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK; 6324 6325 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6326 int rc2; 6327 rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1); 6328 rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0); 6329 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2; 6330 }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6331 int eState = pPager->eState; 6332 rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0); 6333 if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){ 6334 /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error 6335 ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted. 6336 ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT. 6337 */ 6338 pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT; 6339 pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR; 6340 return rc; 6341 } 6342 }else{ 6343 rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0); 6344 } 6345 6346 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK ); 6347 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT 6348 || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR 6349 || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN 6350 ); 6351 6352 /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager 6353 ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent. 6354 */ 6355 return pager_error(pPager, rc); 6356 } 6357 6358 /* 6359 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only. Return FALSE 6360 ** if the database is (in theory) writable. 6361 */ 6362 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){ 6363 return pPager->readOnly; 6364 } 6365 6366 /* 6367 ** Return the number of references to the pager. 6368 */ 6369 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){ 6370 return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6371 } 6372 6373 /* 6374 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently 6375 ** used by the pager and its associated cache. 6376 */ 6377 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){ 6378 int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr) 6379 + 5*sizeof(void*); 6380 return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache) 6381 + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager) 6382 + pPager->pageSize; 6383 } 6384 6385 /* 6386 ** Return the number of references to the specified page. 6387 */ 6388 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){ 6389 return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage); 6390 } 6391 6392 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST 6393 /* 6394 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only. 6395 */ 6396 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){ 6397 static int a[11]; 6398 a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache); 6399 a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache); 6400 a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache); 6401 a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize; 6402 a[4] = pPager->eState; 6403 a[5] = pPager->errCode; 6404 a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]; 6405 a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]; 6406 a[8] = 0; /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */ 6407 a[9] = pPager->nRead; 6408 a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]; 6409 return a; 6410 } 6411 #endif 6412 6413 /* 6414 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or 6415 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the 6416 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the 6417 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before 6418 ** returning. 6419 */ 6420 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){ 6421 6422 assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT 6423 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS 6424 || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE 6425 ); 6426 6427 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS ); 6428 assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE ); 6429 assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 ); 6430 6431 *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT]; 6432 if( reset ){ 6433 pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0; 6434 } 6435 } 6436 6437 /* 6438 ** Return true if this is an in-memory pager. 6439 */ 6440 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){ 6441 return MEMDB; 6442 } 6443 6444 /* 6445 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are 6446 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints 6447 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already 6448 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op. 6449 ** 6450 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error 6451 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is 6452 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK. 6453 */ 6454 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){ 6455 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 6456 int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint; /* Current number of savepoints */ 6457 6458 assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ); 6459 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6460 6461 if( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal ){ 6462 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6463 PagerSavepoint *aNew; /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */ 6464 6465 /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM 6466 ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a 6467 ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below. 6468 */ 6469 aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc( 6470 pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint 6471 ); 6472 if( !aNew ){ 6473 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6474 } 6475 memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint)); 6476 pPager->aSavepoint = aNew; 6477 6478 /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */ 6479 for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){ 6480 aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize; 6481 if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){ 6482 aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff; 6483 }else{ 6484 aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); 6485 } 6486 aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec; 6487 aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize); 6488 if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){ 6489 return SQLITE_NOMEM; 6490 } 6491 if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){ 6492 sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData); 6493 } 6494 pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1; 6495 } 6496 assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint ); 6497 assertTruncateConstraint(pPager); 6498 } 6499 6500 return rc; 6501 } 6502 6503 /* 6504 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint. 6505 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently 6506 ** created savepoint. 6507 ** 6508 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE. 6509 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with 6510 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes 6511 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created. 6512 ** 6513 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter 6514 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint 6515 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate 6516 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than 6517 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op. 6518 ** 6519 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current 6520 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling 6521 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate 6522 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the 6523 ** contents of the database to its original state. 6524 ** 6525 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint 6526 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE), 6527 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed. 6528 ** 6529 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails, 6530 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a 6531 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned. 6532 */ 6533 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){ 6534 int rc = pPager->errCode; /* Return code */ 6535 6536 assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6537 assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK ); 6538 6539 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){ 6540 int ii; /* Iterator variable */ 6541 int nNew; /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */ 6542 6543 /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this 6544 ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated 6545 ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation. 6546 */ 6547 nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1); 6548 for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){ 6549 sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint); 6550 } 6551 pPager->nSavepoint = nNew; 6552 6553 /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate 6554 ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */ 6555 if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){ 6556 if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6557 /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */ 6558 if( sqlite3IsMemJournal(pPager->sjfd) ){ 6559 rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0); 6560 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6561 } 6562 pPager->nSubRec = 0; 6563 } 6564 } 6565 /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint. 6566 ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has 6567 ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to 6568 ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped. 6569 */ 6570 else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ 6571 PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1]; 6572 rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint); 6573 assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE); 6574 } 6575 } 6576 6577 return rc; 6578 } 6579 6580 /* 6581 ** Return the full pathname of the database file. 6582 ** 6583 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if 6584 ** nullIfMemDb is true. This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when 6585 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy 6586 ** behavior. But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to 6587 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can 6588 ** participate in shared-cache. 6589 */ 6590 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){ 6591 return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename; 6592 } 6593 6594 /* 6595 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager. 6596 */ 6597 const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){ 6598 return pPager->pVfs; 6599 } 6600 6601 /* 6602 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated 6603 ** with the pager. This might return NULL if the file has 6604 ** not yet been opened. 6605 */ 6606 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){ 6607 return pPager->fd; 6608 } 6609 6610 /* 6611 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file. 6612 */ 6613 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){ 6614 return pPager->zJournal; 6615 } 6616 6617 /* 6618 ** Return true if fsync() calls are disabled for this pager. Return FALSE 6619 ** if fsync()s are executed normally. 6620 */ 6621 int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager *pPager){ 6622 return pPager->noSync; 6623 } 6624 6625 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC 6626 /* 6627 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager 6628 */ 6629 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec( 6630 Pager *pPager, 6631 void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int), 6632 void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int), 6633 void (*xCodecFree)(void*), 6634 void *pCodec 6635 ){ 6636 if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec); 6637 pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec; 6638 pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng; 6639 pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree; 6640 pPager->pCodec = pCodec; 6641 pagerReportSize(pPager); 6642 } 6643 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){ 6644 return pPager->pCodec; 6645 } 6646 6647 /* 6648 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content 6649 ** into the log file. 6650 ** 6651 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted 6652 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL. 6653 */ 6654 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){ 6655 void *aData = 0; 6656 CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData); 6657 return aData; 6658 } 6659 6660 /* 6661 ** Return the current pager state 6662 */ 6663 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){ 6664 return pPager->eState; 6665 } 6666 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */ 6667 6668 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM 6669 /* 6670 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file. 6671 ** 6672 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at 6673 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be 6674 ** in cache. If the page previously located at pgno is not already 6675 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine. 6676 ** 6677 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any 6678 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes 6679 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller. 6680 ** 6681 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be 6682 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction 6683 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement 6684 ** transaction is active). 6685 ** 6686 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being 6687 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction 6688 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page 6689 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction. 6690 ** 6691 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error 6692 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK. 6693 */ 6694 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){ 6695 PgHdr *pPgOld; /* The page being overwritten. */ 6696 Pgno needSyncPgno = 0; /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */ 6697 int rc; /* Return code */ 6698 Pgno origPgno; /* The original page number */ 6699 6700 assert( pPg->nRef>0 ); 6701 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD 6702 || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD 6703 ); 6704 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6705 6706 /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal 6707 ** the page we are moving from. 6708 */ 6709 if( MEMDB ){ 6710 rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg); 6711 if( rc ) return rc; 6712 } 6713 6714 /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest 6715 ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the 6716 ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario: 6717 ** 6718 ** BEGIN; 6719 ** <journal page X, then modify it in memory> 6720 ** SAVEPOINT one; 6721 ** <Move page X to location Y> 6722 ** ROLLBACK TO one; 6723 ** 6724 ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not 6725 ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one" 6726 ** statement were is processed. 6727 ** 6728 ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into 6729 ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function 6730 ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM. 6731 */ 6732 if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY 6733 && subjRequiresPage(pPg) 6734 && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPage(pPg)) 6735 ){ 6736 return rc; 6737 } 6738 6739 PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n", 6740 PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno)); 6741 IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno)) 6742 6743 /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can 6744 ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno. 6745 ** 6746 ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that 6747 ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno 6748 ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it. 6749 */ 6750 if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){ 6751 needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno; 6752 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || 6753 pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize ); 6754 assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ); 6755 } 6756 6757 /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it 6758 ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for 6759 ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained 6760 ** for the page moved there. 6761 */ 6762 pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6763 pPgOld = pager_lookup(pPager, pgno); 6764 assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 ); 6765 if( pPgOld ){ 6766 pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC); 6767 if( MEMDB ){ 6768 /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might 6769 ** need to rollback later. Just move the page out of the way. */ 6770 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1); 6771 }else{ 6772 sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld); 6773 } 6774 } 6775 6776 origPgno = pPg->pgno; 6777 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno); 6778 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg); 6779 6780 /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues 6781 ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back. Use pPgOld 6782 ** as the original page since it has already been allocated. 6783 */ 6784 if( MEMDB ){ 6785 assert( pPgOld ); 6786 sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno); 6787 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld); 6788 } 6789 6790 if( needSyncPgno ){ 6791 /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be 6792 ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno. 6793 ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the 6794 ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by 6795 ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 6796 ** flag. 6797 ** 6798 ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due 6799 ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[] 6800 ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in 6801 ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before 6802 ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in 6803 ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem. 6804 */ 6805 PgHdr *pPgHdr; 6806 rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr); 6807 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 6808 if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){ 6809 assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 ); 6810 sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace); 6811 } 6812 return rc; 6813 } 6814 pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC; 6815 sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr); 6816 sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr); 6817 } 6818 6819 return SQLITE_OK; 6820 } 6821 #endif 6822 6823 /* 6824 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page. 6825 */ 6826 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){ 6827 assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb ); 6828 return pPg->pData; 6829 } 6830 6831 /* 6832 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space 6833 ** allocated along with the specified page. 6834 */ 6835 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){ 6836 return pPg->pExtra; 6837 } 6838 6839 /* 6840 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one 6841 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6842 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then 6843 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified. 6844 ** 6845 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or 6846 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated) 6847 ** locking-mode. 6848 */ 6849 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6850 assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY 6851 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 6852 || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE ); 6853 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 ); 6854 assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 ); 6855 assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ); 6856 if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){ 6857 pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode; 6858 } 6859 return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode; 6860 } 6861 6862 /* 6863 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of: 6864 ** 6865 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6866 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6867 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6868 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6869 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 6870 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6871 ** 6872 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed. 6873 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons: 6874 ** 6875 ** * An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF 6876 ** or _MEMORY. 6877 ** 6878 ** * Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode. 6879 ** 6880 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode. 6881 */ 6882 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){ 6883 u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode; /* Prior journalmode */ 6884 6885 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG 6886 /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger 6887 ** only. We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */ 6888 print_pager_state(pPager); 6889 #endif 6890 6891 6892 /* The eMode parameter is always valid */ 6893 assert( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 6894 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 6895 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 6896 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 6897 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL 6898 || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); 6899 6900 /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and 6901 ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed 6902 ** to WAL mode. 6903 */ 6904 assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 6905 6906 /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to 6907 ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF 6908 */ 6909 if( MEMDB ){ 6910 assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ); 6911 if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){ 6912 eMode = eOld; 6913 } 6914 } 6915 6916 if( eMode!=eOld ){ 6917 6918 /* Change the journal mode. */ 6919 assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR ); 6920 pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode; 6921 6922 /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal 6923 ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, 6924 ** delete the journal file. 6925 */ 6926 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 ); 6927 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 ); 6928 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 ); 6929 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 ); 6930 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 ); 6931 assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 ); 6932 6933 assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode ); 6934 if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){ 6935 6936 /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is 6937 ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file 6938 ** here is an optimization only. 6939 ** 6940 ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the 6941 ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted 6942 ** while it is in use by some other client. 6943 */ 6944 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 6945 if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){ 6946 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 6947 }else{ 6948 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 6949 int state = pPager->eState; 6950 assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER ); 6951 if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 6952 rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager); 6953 } 6954 if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){ 6955 assert( rc==SQLITE_OK ); 6956 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK); 6957 } 6958 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 6959 sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0); 6960 } 6961 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){ 6962 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 6963 }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){ 6964 pager_unlock(pPager); 6965 } 6966 assert( state==pPager->eState ); 6967 } 6968 } 6969 } 6970 6971 /* Return the new journal mode */ 6972 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 6973 } 6974 6975 /* 6976 ** Return the current journal mode. 6977 */ 6978 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 6979 return (int)pPager->journalMode; 6980 } 6981 6982 /* 6983 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the 6984 ** journalmode. Journalmode changes can only happen when the database 6985 ** is unmodified. 6986 */ 6987 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){ 6988 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 6989 if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0; 6990 if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0; 6991 return 1; 6992 } 6993 6994 /* 6995 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files. 6996 ** 6997 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced. 6998 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op. 6999 */ 7000 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){ 7001 if( iLimit>=-1 ){ 7002 pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit; 7003 sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit); 7004 } 7005 return pPager->journalSizeLimit; 7006 } 7007 7008 /* 7009 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module 7010 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module 7011 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and 7012 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only. 7013 */ 7014 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){ 7015 return &pPager->pBackup; 7016 } 7017 7018 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM 7019 /* 7020 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache. 7021 */ 7022 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){ 7023 if( !MEMDB && pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager); 7024 } 7025 #endif 7026 7027 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL 7028 /* 7029 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint", 7030 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() 7031 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions. 7032 ** 7033 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART. 7034 */ 7035 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){ 7036 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7037 if( pPager->pWal ){ 7038 rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode, 7039 pPager->xBusyHandler, pPager->pBusyHandlerArg, 7040 pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace, 7041 pnLog, pnCkpt 7042 ); 7043 } 7044 return rc; 7045 } 7046 7047 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){ 7048 return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal); 7049 } 7050 7051 /* 7052 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the 7053 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging. 7054 */ 7055 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){ 7056 const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods; 7057 return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap); 7058 } 7059 7060 /* 7061 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock 7062 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it. 7063 */ 7064 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){ 7065 int rc; /* Return code */ 7066 7067 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7068 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK); 7069 if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){ 7070 /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the 7071 ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead. */ 7072 pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7073 } 7074 7075 return rc; 7076 } 7077 7078 /* 7079 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in 7080 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE 7081 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index 7082 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory. 7083 */ 7084 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){ 7085 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7086 7087 assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 ); 7088 assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ); 7089 7090 /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use 7091 ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory 7092 ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL 7093 ** file, to make sure this is safe. 7094 */ 7095 if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){ 7096 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7097 } 7098 7099 /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails, 7100 ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code. 7101 */ 7102 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7103 rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 7104 pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode, 7105 pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal 7106 ); 7107 } 7108 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7109 7110 return rc; 7111 } 7112 7113 7114 /* 7115 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call 7116 ** this function. 7117 ** 7118 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database 7119 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file 7120 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful, 7121 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does 7122 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is 7123 ** not modified in either case. 7124 ** 7125 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if 7126 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK 7127 ** without doing anything. 7128 */ 7129 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal( 7130 Pager *pPager, /* Pager object */ 7131 int *pbOpen /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */ 7132 ){ 7133 int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code */ 7134 7135 assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) ); 7136 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pbOpen ); 7137 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen ); 7138 assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 ); 7139 assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) ); 7140 7141 if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){ 7142 if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN; 7143 7144 /* Close any rollback journal previously open */ 7145 sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd); 7146 7147 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7148 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7149 pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL; 7150 pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN; 7151 } 7152 }else{ 7153 *pbOpen = 1; 7154 } 7155 7156 return rc; 7157 } 7158 7159 /* 7160 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior 7161 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode. 7162 ** 7163 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an 7164 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an 7165 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed. 7166 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning. 7167 */ 7168 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){ 7169 int rc = SQLITE_OK; 7170 7171 assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ); 7172 7173 /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system, 7174 ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to 7175 ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen. 7176 */ 7177 if( !pPager->pWal ){ 7178 int logexists = 0; 7179 rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK); 7180 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7181 rc = sqlite3OsAccess( 7182 pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists 7183 ); 7184 } 7185 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){ 7186 rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager); 7187 } 7188 } 7189 7190 /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on 7191 ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted. 7192 */ 7193 if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){ 7194 rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager); 7195 if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){ 7196 rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, 7197 pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace); 7198 pPager->pWal = 0; 7199 pagerFixMaplimit(pPager); 7200 } 7201 } 7202 return rc; 7203 } 7204 7205 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */ 7206 7207 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS 7208 /* 7209 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If 7210 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more 7211 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the 7212 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file 7213 ** is empty, return 0. 7214 */ 7215 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){ 7216 assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ); 7217 return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal); 7218 } 7219 #endif 7220 7221 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */ 7222